MPLS Command Reference for Cisco 8000 Series Routers

adjustment-threshold (MPLS-TE)

To configure the tunnel bandwidth threshold to trigger an adjustment, use the adjustment-threshold command in MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

adjustment-threshold percentage [min minimum bandwidth]

no adjustment-threshold percentage [min minimum bandwidth]

Syntax Description


`percentage`	Configures the bandwidth percent threshold to trigger an adjustment if the largest sample percentage is higher or lower than the current tunnel bandwidth. The range is from 1 to 100. The default is 5.
min `minimum bandwidth`	(Optional) Configures the bandwidth change value to trigger an adjustment. The tunnel bandwidth is changed only if the largest sample is higher or lower than the current tunnel bandwidth, in kbps. The range is from 10 to 4294967295. The default is 10.

Command Default

percentage: 5

minimum bandwidth: 10

MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you configure or modify the adjustment threshold while the automatic bandwidth is already running, the next band-aids application is impacted for that tunnel. The new adjustment threshold determines if an actual bandwidth takes place.

Examples

The following example configures the tunnel bandwidth threshold to trigger an adjustment:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# auto-bw
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-autobw)# adjustment-threshold 20 min 500

admin-weight

To override the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) administrative weight (cost) of the link, use the admin-weight command in MPLS-TE interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

admin-weight weight

no admin-weight weight

Syntax Description


`weight`	Administrative weight (cost) of the link. Range is 0 to 4294967295.

Command Default

weight : IGP Weight (default OSPF 1, IS-IS 10)

Command Modes

MPLS-TE interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use the admin-weight command for MPLS LSP path computations, path-selection metric must be configured to TE.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to override the IGP cost of the link and sets the cost to 20.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface HundredGigE 0/0/0/3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# admin-weight 20

affinity

To configure an affinity (attributes which MPLS-TE tunnel requires in its links) for an MPLS-TE tunnel, use the affinity command in interface configuration mode. To disable this behavior, use the no form of this command.

affinity {affinity-value mask mask-value | exclude name | exclude-all | include name | include-strict name | flex-algo name | include-any name }

no affinity { affinity-value mask mask-value | exclude name | exclude-all | include name | include-strict name | include-any name }

Syntax Description


`affinity-value`	Attribute values that are required for links to carry this tunnel. A 32-bit decimal number. Range is from 0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF, representing 32 attributes (bits), where the value of an attribute is 0 or 1.
mask `mask-value`	Checks the link attribute. A 32-bit decimal number. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF, representing 32 attributes (bits), where the value of an attribute mask is 0 or 1.
exclude `name`	Configures a particular affinity to exclude.
exclude-all	Excludes all affinities.
include `name`	Configures the affinity to include in the loose sense.
include-strict `name`	Configures the affinity to include in the strict sense.
include-any `name`	Configures the affinities to include any of the affinity names.

Command Default

affinity-value : 0X00000000

mask-value : 0x0000FFFF

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.5.4	The include-any keyword was introduced.
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Affinity determines the link attributes of the tunnel (that is, the attributes for which the tunnel has an affinity). The attribute mask determines which link attribute the router should check. If a bit in the mask is 0, the attribute value of a link or that bit is irrelevant. If a bit in the mask is 1, the attribute value of that link and the required affinity of the tunnel for that bit must match.

A tunnel can use a link if the tunnel affinity equals the link attributes and the tunnel affinity mask.

If there is an affinity failure, a 5-minute timer is started at the LSP headend. If the tunnel is not able to reoptimize within the timeframe, it is torn down. However, if you execute the mpls traffic-eng reoptimize disable affinity-failure command, no timer is started and the tunnel is not torn down. At a subsequent time, other triggers for reoptimization may start the timer for the LSPs with affinity failure.

Any properties set to 1 in the affinity should be 1 in the mask. The affinity and mask should be set as follows:


  tunnel_affinity=tunnel_affinity and tunnel_affinity_mask

You can configure up to 16 affinity constraints under a given tunnel. These constraints are used to configure affinity constraints for the tunnel:

Include constraint: Specifies that a link is considered for Constrained Shortest Path First (CSPF) if it contains all affinities associated with the include constraint. An acceptable link contains more affinity attributes than those associated with the include statement. You can have multiple include statements under a tunnel configuration.
Include-strict constraint: Specifies that a link is considered for CSPF if it contains only the colors associated with the include-strict statement. The link cannot have any additional colors. In addition, a link without a color is rejected.
Exclude constraint: Specifies that a link satisfies an exclude constraint if it does not have all the colors associated with the constraint. In addition, a link that does not have any attribute satisfies an exclude constraint.
Exclude-all constraint: Specifies that only the links without any attribute are considered for CSPF. An exclude-all constraint is not associated with any color; whereas, all other constraint types are associated with up to 10 colors.
Include-any constraint: Specifies that all the links with any attribute are considered for CSPF. An include-all constraint is associated with any color.

You set 1 bit for each color; however, the sample output shows multiple bits at the same time. For example, you can configure red and orange colors on HundredGigabitEthernet 0/0/0/3 from the interface command. The sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management interfaces command shows that the Attributes field is set to 0x21, which means that there are 0x20 and 0x1 bits on the link.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to configure the tunnel affinity and mask:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity 0101 mask 303

This example shows that a link is eligible for CSPF if the color is red. The link can have any additional colors.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity include red

This example shows that a link is eligible for CSPF if it has at least red and orange colors. The link can have any additional colors.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity include red orange

This sample output shows that the include constraint from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command is 0x20 and 0x1:


Name: tunnel-te1 Destination: 0.0.0.0
     Status:
       Admin:    up Oper: down   Path: not valid   Signalling: Down
       G-PID: 0x0800 (internally specified)
  
     Config Parameters:
       Bandwidth:        0 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7
       Number of configured name based affinity constraints: 1
       Name based affinity constraints in use:
       Include bit map       : 0x21   
       Metric Type: TE (default)
       AutoRoute:  disabled  LockDown: disabled
       Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
       Auto-bw: disabled(0/0) 0  Bandwidth Requested:        0
       Direction: unidirectional
       Endpoint switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
       Transit switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
  
     Reason for the tunnel being down: No destination is configured
     History:

This example shows that a tunnel can go over a link that contains red or orange affinity. A link is eligible for CSPF if it has a red color or a orange color. Thus, a link with red and any other colors and a link with orange and other additional colors must meet the constraint.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity include red
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity include orange

This sample output shows that the include constraint from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command is 0x20 or 0x1:


Name: tunnel-te1 Destination: 0.0.0.0
     Status:
       Admin:    up Oper: down   Path: not valid   Signalling: Down
       G-PID: 0x0800 (internally specified)
  
     Config Parameters:
       Bandwidth:        0 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7
       Number of configured name based affinity constraints: 2
       Name based affinity constraints in use:
          Include bit map       : 0x1
          Include bit map       : 0x20
       Metric Type: TE (default)
       AutoRoute:  disabled  LockDown: disabled
       Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
       Auto-bw: disabled(0/0) 0  Bandwidth Requested:        0
       Direction: unidirectional
       Endpoint switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
       Transit switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
  
     Reason for the tunnel being down: No destination is configured
     History:

This example shows that a link is eligible for CSPF if it has only red color. The link must not have any additional colors.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity include-strict red

This example shows that a link is eligible for CSPF if it does not have the red attribute.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity exclude red

This example shows that a link is eligible for CSPF if it does not have red and blue attributes. Thus, a link that has only a red attribute or only a blue attribute is eligible for CSPF.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity exclude red blue

This example shows that a link is eligible for CSPF if it does not have either a red or a blue attribute.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity exclude red
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity exclude blue

This example shows that a link is eligible for CSPF if it includes any color.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# affinity include-any color

affinity-map

To assign a numerical value to each affinity name, use the affinity-map command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

affinity-map affinity name {affinity value | bit-position value}

no affinity-map affinity name {affinity value | bit-position value}

Syntax Description


`affinity name`	Affinity map name-to-value designator (in hexadecimal, `0-ffffffff` ).
`affinity value`	Affinity map value designator. Range is from 1 to 80000000.
bit-position	Configures the value of an affinity map for the bit position of the 32-bit number.
`value`	Bit position value. Range is from 0 to 31.Range is from 0 to 255.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The name-to-value mapping must represent a single bit of a 32-bit value.

Repeat the affinity-map command to define multiple colors up to a maximum of 256 colors.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to assign a numerical value to each affinity name:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# affinity-map red 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# affinity-map blue 2

The following example shows how to configure the value of 15 for an affinity map by bit position:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# affinity-map red2 bit-position 15

application (MPLS-TE)

To configure the application frequency, in minutes, for the applicable tunnel, use the application command in MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

application minutes

no application minutes

Syntax Description


`minutes`	Frequency, in minutes, for the automatic bandwidth application. The range is from 5 to 10080 (7 days). The default is 1440.

Command Default

minutes : 1440 (24 hours)

Command Modes

MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you configure and modify the application frequency, the application period can reset and restart for that tunnel. The next bandwidth application for the tunnel happens within the specified minutes.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure application frequency to 1000 minutes for MPLS-TE interface 1:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# auto-bw
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-autobw)# application 1000

attribute-flags

To configure attribute flags for an interface, use the attribute-flags command in MPLS-TE interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

attribute-flags attribute-flags

no attribute-flags attribute-flags

Syntax Description


`attribute -flags`	Links attributes that are compared to the affinity bits of a tunnel during selection of a path. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF, representing 32 attributes (bits) where the value of an attribute is 0 or 1.

Command Default

attributes : 0x0

Command Modes

MPLS-TE interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The attribute-flags command assigns attributes to a link so that tunnels with matching attributes (represented by their affinity bits) prefer this link instead of others that do not match.

The interface attribute is flooded globally so that it can be used as a tunnel headend path selection criterion.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set attribute flags to 0x0101:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface HundredGigE 0/0/0/3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# attribute-flags 0x0101

attribute-names

To configure attributes for the interface, use the attribute-names command in MPLS-TE interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

attribute-names attribute name

no attribute-names attribute name

Syntax Description


`attribute name`	Attribute name expressed using alphanumeric or hexadecimal characters.Up to 32 attribute-names can be assigned.
index	Specifies an entry index for attribute names.
`index-number`	Specifies the index number. Range is from 1 to 8.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The name-to-value mapping must represent a single bit of a 32-bit256-bit value.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to assign an attribute name (in this case, red) to a TE link:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface HundredGigabitEthernet 0/0/0/3

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# attribute-name red

attribute-set

To configure attribute-set for auto-backup tunnels, use the attribute-set command in MPLS-TE configuration mode.

attribute-set auto-backup attribute-set-name {affinity {affinity-value mask mask-value | exclude name | exclude-all | include name | include-strict name} | logging events lsp-status {reoptimize | state} | policy-class {range | default} | priority setup-range hold-range | record-route}

To configure attribute-set for auto-mesh tunnels, use the attribute-set command in MPLS-TE configuration mode.

attribute-set auto-mesh attribute-set-name {affinity {affinity-value mask mask-value | exclude name | exclude-all | include name | include-strict name} | auto-bw collect-bw-only | autoroute announce | bandwidth bandwidth | fast-reroute [protect {bandwidth node | node bandwidth}] | logging events lsp-status {insufficient-bandwidth | reoptimize | reroute | state} | policy-class {range | default} | priority setup-range hold-range | record-route | signalled-bandwidth bandwidth [class-type cl] | soft-preemption}

To configure attribute-set for a path-option, use the attribute-set command in MPLS-TE configuration mode.

attribute-set path-option attribute-set-name {affinity {affinity-value mask mask-value | exclude name | exclude-all | include name | include-strict name} | signalled-bandwidth bandwidth [class-type cl]}

To disable this behavior, use the no form of this command.

no attribute-set

Syntax Description


auto-backup	Specifies the values of an attribute set for the auto-backup group.
auto-mesh	Specifies the values of an attribute set for the auto-mesh group.
path-option	Specifies the values of an attribute set for the path option.
xro	Specifies that the attribute-set is used to define an XRO.
`attribute-set-name`	A 32-bit character string, specifies the name of the attribute-set template.
`affinity-value`	Attribute values that are required for links to carry this tunnel. A 32-bit decimal number, representing 32 attributes (bits), where the value of an attribute is 0 or 1. Range is from 0x0 to 0xFFFF.
mask `mask-value`	Checks the link attribute. A 32-bit decimal number, representing 32 attributes (bits), where the value of an attribute mask is 0 or 1. Range is from 0x0 to 0xFFFF.
exclude `name`	Configures a specific affinity that is to be excluded.
exclude-all	Excludes all affinities.
include `name`	Configures the affinity to include in the loose sense.
include-strict `name`	Configures the affinity to include in the strict sense.
logging	Per-interface logging configuration.
events	Per-interface logging events.
lsp-status	Enables interface LSP state change alarms.
reoptimize	Enables interface LSP REOPT change alarms.
state	Enables interface LSP UP/DOWN change alarms.
policy-class	Specifies class for policy-based tunnel selection.
`range`	Tunnel policy class range 1 to 7.
default	Default class for policy-based tunnel selection.
priority	Specifies the tunnel priority.
`setup-range`	Specifies setup priority. Range is 0 to 7.
`hold-range`	Specifies hold priority. Range is 0 to 7.
record-route	Records the route used by the tunnel.
signalled-bandwidth	Specifies the tunnel bandwidth requirement to be signaled.
`bandwidth`	Bandwidth required for an MPLS-TE tunnel, specified in kilobits per second. By default, bandwidth is reserved in the global pool. Range is from 0 to 4294967295.
class-type `ct`	(Optional) Configures the class type of the tunnel bandwidth request. Range is 0 to 1. Class-type 0 is equivalent to global-pool. Class-type 1 is equivalent to subpool.
soft-preemption	Enables the soft-preemption feature on this tunnel.

Command Default

affinity-value : 0x0

mask-value : 0xFFFF

Command Modes

MPLS TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The values specified for an attribute within a path-option attribute-set does not prevent the configuration of the same attribute at the tunnel level. However, only one level is taken into consideration. The configuration at the path-option level is considered more specific than the one at the level of the tunnel, and is therefore used.

Attributes that are not specified within an attribute-set picks their default values, as usual, from the configuration at the tunnel level, the configuration at the global mpls level, or default values.

An XRO attribute-set can be specified as part of the path-option, if required. An empty XRO attribute set results in the GMPLS tunnel being signaled with no exclusions, and therefore no XRO.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to configure an attribute-set to a TE interface for an auto-backup tunnel:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# config
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#  mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface HundredGigabitEthernet 0/0/0/3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# auto-tunnel backup
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-auto-backup)#  attribute-set ab
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-auto-backup)#

This example shows how to configure an attribute-set to a TE interface for an auto-mesh tunnel:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# config
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#  mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#  auto-tunnel mesh
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-auto-mesh)#  group 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-mesh-group)#  attribute-set am1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-mesh-group)#  destination-list dl1

This example shows how to configure the attribute-set for auto-backup tunnels:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# config
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#  mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#  attribute-set auto-backup ab
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# affinity 0x1 mask 0x1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# priority 3 3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# policy-class 6
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# logging events lsp-status reoptimize
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# logging events lsp-status state
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# policy-class default
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# record-route

This example shows how to configure the attribute-set for auto-mesh tunnels:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# config
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#  mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#  attribute-set auto-mesh mesh1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# affinity include red blue
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# affinity include-strict yellow green
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# affinity exclude orange
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# affinity exclude-all
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# policy-class default

This example shows how to configure the tunnel affinity and signalled-bandwidth for a path-option:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# config
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#  mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#  attribute-set path-option myset
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# affinity 0x3 mask 0x3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)# signalled-bandwidth 2000

The following example shows how to configure attribute set attr01:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# attribute-set xro attr01
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)#

auto-bw collect frequency (MPLS-TE)

To configure the automatic bandwidth collection frequency, use the auto-bw collect frequency command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To reset the automatic bandwidth frequency to its default value, use the no form of this command.

auto-bw collect frequency minutes

no auto-bw collect frequency minutes

Syntax Description


`minutes`	Interval between automatic bandwidth adjustments, in minutes. The range is from 1 to 10080. The default is 5.

Command Default

minutes : 5

In addition, the no form of this command resets to the default.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The auto-bw collect frequency command configures the automatic bandwidth collection frequency for all the tunnels.

Modifying the global collection frequency does not restart the tunnel for the current application period. The application period continues with the modified collection frequency.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example configures a tunnel for an automatic bandwidth adjustment of 100 minutes:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# auto-bw collect frequency 100

auto-bw (MPLS-TE)

To configure automatic bandwidth on a tunnel interface and to enter MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode, use the auto-bw command in the interface configuration mode. To remove the automatic bandwidth function, use the no form of this command.

auto-bw [ auto-capacity [ { max-clones | merge-bandwidth | min-clones | nominal-bandwidth | split-bandwidth } value ] ]

no auto-bw [ auto-capacity [ max-clones | merge-bandwidth | min-clones | nominal-bandwidth | split-bandwidth ] ]

Syntax Description


auto-capacity	(Optional) Enables the auto-capacity function for numbered TE tunnels.
max-clones	(Optional) Specifies the maximum number of clone tunnels that the original tunnel can create.
merge-bandwidth	(Optional) Specifies the bandwidth for merging clones with the original tunnel. If the bandwidth goes below the merge bandwidth value, MPLS-TE removes the clone tunnels.
min-clones	(Optional) Specifies the minimum number of clone tunnels that the original tunnel can create.
nominal-bandwidth	(Optional) Specifies the average bandwidth for computing the number of tunnels to satisfy the overall demand.
split-bandwidth	(Optional) Specifies the bandwidth value for splitting the original tunnel. If the tunnel bandwidth exceeds the configured split bandwidth, MPLS-TE creates tunnel clones.
`value`	(Optional) Value of the specified parameter.

Command Default

By default, automatic bandwidth is not enabled.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.
Release 7.10.1	The auto-capacity function was introduced for numbered TE tunnels.

Usage Guidelines

Use the auto-bw command to enter MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode.

The auto-bw and load-share unequal commands should not be used together.

The load-share unequal command determines the load-share for a tunnel based on the bandwidth. However, the MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth feature changes the bandwidth around. If you are configuring both the load-share unequal command and the MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth feature, it is recommended that you specify an explicit load-share value configuration under each MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth tunnel.

The following automatic bandwidth scenarios are described:

If you configure the automatic bandwidth on a tunnel, the automatic bandwidth is enabled on that tunnel. If no other configuration is specified, defaults for the various parameters are used, the operation stops.
The automatic operation (for example, output rate collection) starts when the automatic bandwidth is enabled on one tunnel. If automatic bandwidth is disabled from all tunnels, the operation stops.

If the output rate collection is already active when the automatic bandwidth is configured on a tunnel, the statistics collection for that tunnel starts at the next collection configuration.

Note

Because the collection timer is already running, the first collection event for that tunnel happens in less than C minutes (for example, on an average of C/2 minutes).

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enter MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# auto-bw
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-autobw)#

Configuration Example: Numbered TE-Tunnel

This example shows how to configure the auto-bandwidth bundle TE++ feature for a numbered te-tunnel. The lower limit and the upper limit of clones are 3 and 10, respectively. The bandwidth size for splitting and merging are 3,000,000 kbps and 1,000,000 kbps, respectively.

Router(config)#interface tunnel-te 20 
Router(config-if)#load-interval 90       
Router(config-if)#auto-bw auto-capacity 
Router(config-if-tunte-autocapacity)#max-clones 10 
Router(config-if-tunte-autocapacity)#min-clones 3 
Router(config-if-tunte-autocapacity)#nominal-bandwidth 200000 
Router(config-if-tunte-autocapacity)#merge-bandwidth 1000000 
Router(config-if-tunte-autocapacity)#split-bandwidth 3000000 
Router(config-if-tunte-autocapacity)#commit

auto-tunnel backup (MPLS-TE)

To automatically build next-hop (NHOP) and next-next-hop (NNHOP) backup tunnels, and to enter auto-tunnel backup configuration mode, use the auto-tunnel backup command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To clear the NHOP and NNHOP backup tunnels, use the no form of this command.

auto-tunnel backup

no auto-tunnel backup

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The range of tunnel-ID is required to be mentioned for the auto-tunnel backup tunnels; otherwise, none of the tunnels are created.

The no form of this command deletes both NHOP and NNHOP backup tunnels that are configured using either the auto-tunnel backup command or the nhop-only command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example automatically builds NHOP and NNHOP backup tunnels:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# auto-tunnel backup

autoroute announce

To specify that the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) should use the tunnel (if the tunnel is up) in its enhanced shortest path first (SPF) calculation, use the autoroute announce command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

autoroute announce [include-ipv6] [metric value]

no autoroute announce

Syntax Description


include-ipv6	(Optional) Announces the MPLS-TE tunnel to IS-IS IGP for IPv6 routing.
metric `value`	(Optional) Specify the MPLS-TE tunnel metric that the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) enhanced Shortest Path First (SPF) calculation uses.

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Announces IPv4 tunnel

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When more than one IGP is configured, the tunnel is announced as autoroute to the IGP that is used to compute the TE tunnel path.

When the autoroute announce command is configured, the route metric of the tunnel path to the destination equals the route metric of the shortest IGP path to that destination.

The autoroute announce metric configuration overrides the configuration, if present.

Note

IS-IS is the only IGP supporting IPv6 MPLS-TE tunnel announcements.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to configure IGP to use the tunnel in its enhanced SPF calculation when the tunnel is up:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# autoroute announce

This example shows how to make IPv6 announcements for MPLS-TE tunnel to the IGP:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#interface tunnel-te 65534
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)#autoroute announce 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-aa)#include-ipv6

autoroute destination

To install multiple static routes in the routing information base (RIB) per MPLS TE tunnel, use the autoroute destination command in interface TE tunnel configuration mode. To disable autoroute destination, use the no form of this command.

autoroute destination ip-address

no autoroute destination ip-address

Syntax Description


`ip-address`	Specifies the host address of the route to be installed in the RIB. A maximum of six routes can be specified apart from the default route.

Command Default

Autoroute destination is disabled.

Command Modes

Interface Tunnel TE

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to configure installing four routes in RIB for TE tunnel 10 :


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#interface tunnel-te 10
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# autoroute destination 192.168.1.2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# autoroute destination 192.168.2.2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# autoroute destination 192.168.3.2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# autoroute destination 192.168.4.2

autoroute metric

To specify the MPLS-TE tunnel metric that the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) enhanced Shortest Path First (SPF) calculation uses, use the autoroute metric command in interface configuration mode. If no specific metric is to be specified, use the no form of this command.

autoroute metric {absolute | relative} value

no autoroute metric {absolute | relative} value

Syntax Description


absolute	Enables the absolute metric mode; you can enter a positive metric value.
relative	Enables the relative metric mode; you can enter a positive, negative, or zero value.
`value`	Metric that the IGP enhanced SPF calculation uses. Relative value range is from –10 to 10. Absolute value range is from 1 to 2147483647.

Command Default

The relative value is 0.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The autoroute metric command overwrites the default tunnel route metric of the shortest IGP path to the destination.

Note

The autoroute announce configuration overrides the autoroute metric configuration, if present.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure the IGP enhanced SPF calculation using MPLS-TE tunnel metric as relative negative 1:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# autoroute metric relative -1

backup-bw

To configure the backup bandwidth for an MPLS-TE backup tunnel (that is used to protect a physical interface), use the backup-bw command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

backup-bw {backup bandwidth {any-class-type | class-type ct} | global-pool {bandwidth | unlimited} | sub-pool {bandwidth | unlimited} | unlimited {any-class-type | class-type ct}}

no backup-bw {backup bandwidth {any-class-type | class-type ct} | global-pool {bandwidth | unlimited} | sub-pool {bandwidth | unlimited} | unlimited {any-class-type | class-type ct}}

Syntax Description


`backup` `bandwidth`	Backup bandwidth in any-pool provided by an MPLS-TE backup tunnel. Bandwidth is specified in kilobits per second (kbps). Range is 1 to 4294967295.
any-class-type	Displays the backup bandwidth assigned to any class-type protected tunnels.
class-type ct	Displays the class type of the backup bandwidth. Range is 0 to 1.
global-pool `bandwidth`	(In Prestandard DS-TE with RDM) Displays the backup bandwidth in global pool provided by an MPLS-TE backup tunnel. Bandwidth is specified in kilobits per second. Range is 1 to 4294967295.
unlimited	Displays the unlimited bandwidth.
sub-pool `bandwidth`	(In Prestandard DS-TE with RDM) Displays the backup bandwidth in sub-pool provided by an MPLS-TE backup tunnel. Bandwidth is specified in kilobits per second. Range bandwidth is 1 to 4294967295. Only label switched paths (LSPs) using bandwidth from the sub-pool can use the backup tunnel.

Command Default

Any class-type unlimited.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Backup bandwidth can be limited or unlimited or specific to a global pool, sub-pool, or non-specific any-pool. Backup with backup-bw in global-pool protects global-pool LSPs only; backup-bw in sub-pool protects sub-pool LSPs only.

Backup tunnels configured with limited backup bandwidth (from any/global/sub pool) are not assigned to protect LSPs configured with zero signaled bandwidth.

Backup bandwidth provides bandwidth protection for fast reroute (FRR). Bandwidth protection for FRR supports DiffServ-TE with two bandwidth pools (class-types).

Class-type 0 is strictly equivalent to global-pool; class-type 1 is strictly equivalent to sub-pool bandwidth using the Russian Doll Model (RDM).

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure backup tunnel 1 for use only by LSPs that take their bandwidth from the global pool (class-type 0 tunnels). Backup tunnel 1 does not provide bandwidth protection.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# backup-bw global-pool unlimited

or


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# backup-bw unlimited class-type 0

In the following example, backup tunnel 2 is used by LSPs that take their bandwidth from the sub-pool (class-type 1 tunnels) only. Backup tunnel 2 provides bandwidth protection for up to 1000 units.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# backup-bw sub-pool 1000

or


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 2
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# backup-bw 1000 class-type 1

backup-path tunnel-te

To set an MPLS-TE tunnel to protect a physical interface against failure, use the backup-path tunnel-te command in MPLS-TE interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

backup-path tunnel-te tunnel-number

no backup-path tunnel-te tunnel-number

Syntax Description


`tunnel-number`	Number of the tunnel protecting the interface. Range is 0 to 65535.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When the protected interface is down (shut down or removed), the traffic it was carrying (for the other label switched paths [LSPs], referred to as the protected LSPs) is rerouted, using fast reroute (FRR) onto the backup tunnels.

The following guidelines pertain to the FRR process:

Multiple (backup) tunnels can protect the same interface by entering this command multiple times for different tunnels. The same (backup) tunnel can protect multiple interfaces by entering this command for each interface.
The backup tunnel used to protect a physical interface must have a valid IP address configured.
The backup tunnel cannot pass through the same interface that it is protecting.
TE tunnels that are configured with the FRR option, cannot be used as backup tunnels.
For the backup tunnel to provide protection to the protected LSP, the backup tunnel must have a terminating-end node in the path of a protected LSP.
The source IP address of the backup tunnel and the merge point (MP) address (the terminating-end address of the backup tunnel) must be reachable.

Note

You must configure record-route on TE tunnels that are protected by multiple backup tunnels merging at a single node.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to protect the interface using tunnels:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface HundredGigabitEthernet 0/0/0/3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# backup-path tunnel-te 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# backup-path tunnel-te 150

bandwidth-accounting

To enable RSVP-TE bandwidth accounting and dark bandwidth advertisement for all MPLS-TE enabled links, use the bandwidth-accounting command in MPLS-TE configuration mode.

bandwidth-accounting [ adjustment-factor percentage | application-interval seconds | sampling-interval seconds | flooding threshold { up | | down } percentage | flooding sr-traffic percentage ]

Syntax Description

adjustment-factor percentage

Configures TE to over-book (>100%) or under-book (<100%) the effective maximum reservable bandwidth. The measured dark-bandwidth will be scaled based on the adjustment factor. Range is 0 to 200. The default value is 100.

application-interval seconds

Configures the length of the application interval in seconds. At the end of application interval, dark bandwidth rates are computed and applied to all RSVP-TE enabled interfaces. Range is 90 to 1800. The default value is 180.

Note

Model-driven telemetry supports dark bandwidth. The telemetry polling interval is reduced to 10 seconds.

sampling-interval seconds

Configures the length of the sampling interval in seconds. The bandwidth rate is collected from the statistics collector process (statsD) at the end of each sampling interval for each TE link. Range is from 30 to 600. The default is 60.

flooding threshold { up | down} percentage

Configures the reserved bandwidth change percentages threshold. When bandwidth change percentage crosses one of these thresholds, flooding is triggered. Range is from 0 to 100. The default value for up and down is 10.

flooding sr-traffic percentage

Configures the flooding trigger for bandwidth accounting in segment routing traffic. When the bandwidth crosses the threshold value, flooding is triggered. The range is from 0 to 100. The default value is 10.

Command Default

RSVP-TE bandwidth accounting is disabled.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.5.4	The flooding sr-traffic keyword was introduced.
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If the interval is reconfigured while the timer is running, the new value is compared to the time remaining for the running timer. The timer is adjusted so that the lower of these two values is used for this interval. The subsequent interval will use the newly configured value.

Note

The actual application interval might be different from the configured interval. The actual application interval is rounded based on the number of samples in one application. For example, if the sample interval is 31, and the application interval is 90, then the actual application interval will be rounded to 93.

RP/0/0/CPU0:ios(config-mpls-te-if)#show running-config mpls traffic-eng             \
bandwidth-accounting 
Fri Feb 23 13:37:24.583 EST
mpls traffic-eng
bandwidth-accounting
  application
   interval 90
  !
  sampling-interval 31
!
!

Whereas the output of the do show mpls traffic-eng link-management interfaces command shows an application interval of 93.

RP/0/0/CPU0:ios(config-mpls-te-if)#do show mpls traffic-eng link-management         \
interfaces gigabitEthernet 0/0/0/1 detail 
Fri Feb 23 13:37:27.345 EST

  System Information:: 
      Links Count         : 1 (Maximum Links Supported 800) 

  Link ID:: GigabitEthernet0/0/0/1 (0.0.0.0)
    Local Intf ID: 5
    Link Status:

      Link Label Type          : PSC
      Physical BW              : 1000000 kbits/sec
      BCID                     : RDM 
      Max Reservable BW        : 0 kbits/sec (reserved: 100% in, 100% out)
      Flooded Max Reservable BW: 0 kbits/sec
      BC0 (Res. Global BW)     : 0 kbits/sec (reserved: 100% in, 100% out)
      BC1 (Res. Sub BW)        : 0 kbits/sec (reserved: 100% in, 100% out)
      MPLS TE Link State       : MPLS TE on, RSVP on, admin-down
      IGP Neighbor Count       : 0
      Max Res BW (RDM)    : 0 kbits/sec
      BC0 (RDM)           : 0 kbits/sec
      BC1 (RDM)           : 0 kbits/sec
      Max Res BW (MAM)    : 0 kbits/sec
      BC0 (MAM)           : 0 kbits/sec
      BC1 (MAM)           : 0 kbits/sec
      Bandwidth Accounting: Segment-Routing
      Bandwidth Accounting Enforced: No
      Bandwidth Utilization Details:
        Sampling Interval               : 31 sec 
        Application Interval            : 93 sec 
        Adjustment Factor               : 100%
        Max Reservable BW Up Threshold  : 10 (default)
        Max Reservable BW Down Threshold: 10 (default)
        Last Application at:  Never
        Next Application at:  13:38:56 Fri 23 Feb 2018 (in 89 seconds)

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to enable RSVP-TE bandwidth accounting and dark bandwidth advertisement for all RSVP-TE enabled links:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# bandwidth-accounting
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-bw-account)# adjustment-factor 85
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-bw-account)# application-interval 90
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-bw-account)# sampling-interval 30
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-bw-account)# flooding threshold up 30 down 30
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-bw-account)# flooding sr-traffic 30

bidirectional

To configure a bidirectional LSP for a MPLS TE tunnel and define other parameters for the LSP, use the bidirectional command in the MPLS-TE interface configuration mode.

bidirectional association {id value | source-address IP address | global-id value | type co-routed | fault-oam}

Syntax Description


bidirectional	Configures a bidirectional LSP.
association	Specifies association parameters for the bidirectional LSP.
id `value`	Value number that identifies the association. Range is 0 to 65535.
source-address `value`	Specifies the source IP address of the LSP from which a reverse path is required.
global-id `value`	Value number that identifies the global ID. Range is 0 to 4294967295. The default value is 0.
co-routed	Configures co-routed LSPs with bidirectional CSPF.
fault-oam	Configures fault OAM for the bidirectional co-routed LSPs.

Command Default

Tunnel interfaces are disabled.

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows you how to configure an associated bidirectional co-routed MPLS-TE tunnel.

RP/0/RSP0/CPU0:router# configure
RRP/0/RSP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RSP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# bidirectional
RP/0/RSP0/CPU0:router(config-if-bidir)# association id 1 source-address 11.0.0.1
RP/0/RSP0/CPU0:router(config-if-bidir)#association type co-routed

bw-limit (MPLS-TE)

To configure the minimum and maximum automatic bandwidth to be set on a tunnel, use the bw-limit command in MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

bw-limit min bandwidth { max bandwidth}

no bw-limit

Syntax Description


min `bandwidth`	Configures the minimum automatic bandwidth, in kbps, on a tunnel. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 0.
max `bandwidth`	Configures the maximum automatic bandwidth, in kbps, on a tunnel. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 4294967295.

Command Default

min : 0

max : 4294967295

Command Modes

MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Both the min and max keywords must be configured.

The bw-limit command automatically sets the minimum bandwidth to the default value of 0, or the bw-limit command automatically sets the maximum to the default value of 4294967295 kbps.

If the value of the min keyword is greater than the max keyword, the bw-limit command is rejected. If you configure and modify the minimum or maximum bandwidth while the automatic bandwidth is already running, the next bandwidth application for that tunnel is impacted. For example, if the current tunnel requested bandwidth is 30 Mbps and the minimum bandwidth is modified to 50 Mbps, the next application sets the tunnel bandwidth to 50 Mbps.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure the minimum and maximum bandwidth for the tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# auto-bw
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-autobw)# bw-limit min 30 max 80

clear mpls traffic-eng auto-bw (MPLS-TE EXEC)

To clear automatic bandwidth sampled output rates and to restart the application period for the specified tunnel, use the clear mpls traffic-eng auto-bw command in XR EXEC mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng auto-bw {all | internal | tunnel-te tunnel-number}

Syntax Description


all	Clears the automatic bandwidth sampled output rates for all tunnels.
internal	Clears all the automatic bandwidth internal data structures.
tunnel-te `tunnel-number`	Clears the automatic bandwidth sampled output rates for a specific tunnel. The `tunnel-number` argument is the tunnel ID used to clear the sampled output rates.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If no tunnel is specified, the clear mpls traffic-eng auto-bw command clears all the automatic bandwidth enabled tunnels.

For each tunnel in which the automatic bandwidth adjustment is enabled, information is maintained about the sampled output rates and the time remaining until the next bandwidth adjustment. The application period is restarted and values such as the largest collected bandwidth get reset. The tunnel continues to use the current bandwidth until the next application.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

The following example displays the information for the automatic bandwidth for tunnel number 0 from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw brief command:

 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels 0 auto-bw brief
  
  Tunnel    LSP  Last appl  Requested  Signalled    Highest    Application
            Name     ID   BW(kbps)   BW(kbps)   BW(kbps)   BW(kbps)      Time Left
  -------------- ------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------------
    tunnel-te0     278      100         100        100          150      12m 38s

The following example shows how to clear the automatic bandwidth sampled output rates for tunnel number 0:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear mpls traffic-eng auto-bw tunnel-te 0
  
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels 0 auto-bw brief
  
  Tunnel    LSP  Last appl  Requested  Signalled    Highest    Application
            Name     ID   BW(kbps)   BW(kbps)   BW(kbps)   BW(kbps)      Time Left
  -------------- ------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------------
    tunnel-te0     278      100         100        100          0         24m 0s

clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup unused

To remove unused automatic backup tunnels, use the clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup unused command in XR EXEC mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup unused {all | tunnel-te tunnel-number}

Syntax Description


all	Clears all the unused automatic backup tunnels.
tunnel-te `tunnel-number`	Clears a specific unused automatic backup tunnel.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The unused auto-tunnel backup tunnel is the tunnel that is not assigned to protect any FRR tunnel.

The behavior of this command is the same as the expiration of the timers removal unused command in which, when the timeout value is reached, the automatic backup tunnel is removed.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	execute

Examples

The following example displays the information for the unused backup automatic tunnels from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels unused command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels unused

The following example shows how to clear the unused backup automatic tunnels:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup unused all
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels unused

clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh

To clear all unused auto-tunnel mesh destinations, use the clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh command in XR EXEC mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh unused {all | tunnel-te}

Syntax Description


all	Clears all applicable unused auto-tunnel destinations.
tunnel-te `id`	Clears an unused auto-tunnel destinations identified by a tunnel identifier.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

This is sample output from the clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh command:


clear mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh

clear mpls traffic-eng counters auto-tunnel backup

To clear MPLS-TE automatic tunnel backup counters, use the clear mpls traffic-eng counters auto-tunnel backup command in XR EXEC mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng counters auto-tunnel backup

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	execute

Examples

The following example removes all counters for the automatic backup tunnels:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear mpls traffic-eng counters auto-tunnel backup

clear mpls traffic-eng counters auto-tunnel mesh

To clear all auto-tunnel mesh counters, use the clear mpls traffic-eng counters auto-tunnel mesh command in XR EXEC mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng counters auto-tunnel mesh

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

This is sample output from the clear mpls traffic-eng counters auto-tunnel mesh command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:routerclear mpls traffic-eng counters auto-tunnel mesh

clear mpls traffic-eng counters global

To clear the internal MPLS-TE tunnel counters, use the clear mpls traffic-eng counters global command in XR EXEC mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng counters global

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

The following example shows how to clear the internal MPLS-TE tunnel counters:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear mpls traffic-eng counters global

clear mpls traffic-eng counters signaling

To clear (set to zero) the MPLS tunnel signaling counters, use the clear mpls traffic-eng counters signaling command in XR EXEC mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng counters signaling {all | [heads | mids | tails] | name name | summary}

Syntax Description


all	Clears counters for all MPLS-TE tunnels.
heads	(Optional) Displays tunnels with their heads at this router.
mids	(Optional) Displays tunnels with their midpoints at this router.
tails	(Optional) Displays tunnels with their tails at this router.
name `name`	Clears counters for an MPLS-TE tunnel with the specified name.
summary	Clears the counter’s summary.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the clear mpls traffic-eng counters signaling command to set all MPLS counters to zero so that changes can be seen easily.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to clear all counters:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear mpls traffic-eng counters signaling all

clear mpls traffic-eng counters soft-preemption

To clear (set to zero) the counters for soft-preemption statistics, use the clear mpls traffic-eng counters soft-preemption command in XR EXEC mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng counters {all | soft-preemption}

Syntax Description


all	Clears counters for all MPLS-TE tunnels.
soft-preemption	Clears the statistics for soft preemption counters.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When all counters are cleared using the clear mpls traffic-eng counters all command, the counters for soft-preemption statistics are automatically cleared.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

This example shows how to clear all counters:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear mpls traffic-eng counters signaling all

clear mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute log

To clear the log of MPLS fast reroute (FRR) events, use the clear mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute log command in XR EXEC mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute log

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows sample output before clearing the log of FRR events:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute log
  
  Node     Protected LSPs  Rewrites When                   Switching Time
           Interface                                           (usec)
  -------- --------- ----- -------- ---------------------- --------------
  0/0/CPU0 PO0/1/0/1 1     1        Feb 27 19:12:29.064000      147
  0/1/CPU0 PO0/1/0/1 1     1        Feb 27 19:12:29.060093      165
  0/2/CPU0 PO0/1/0/1 1     1        Feb 27 19:12:29.063814      129
  0/3/CPU0 PO0/1/0/1 1     1        Feb 27 19:12:29.062861      128
  
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute log

clear mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics

To clear all the MPLS-TE admission control statistics, use the clear mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics command in XR EXEC mode.

clear mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to clear all the MPLS-TE statistics for admission control:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics

clone-tunnel

To enable LDP over traffic-engineering tunnels automatically on cloned tunnels, use the clone-tunnel command in the mpls-ldp address-family ipv4 configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

clone-tunnel

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

mpls-ldp address family ipv4 configuration mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.5.3	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable the LDP automatically on cloned tunnels:


Router(config)#configure
Router(config)#mpls ldp 
Router(config-ldp)#nsr 
Router(config-ldp)#router-id 10.10.1.1
Router(config-ldp)#address-family ipv4
Router(config-ldp-af)#discovery targeted-hello accept
Router(config-ldp-af)#exit
Router(config-ldp)#interface tunnel-te n1
Router(config-ldp-if)#address-family ipv4
Router(config-ldp-if-af)#clone-tunnel
Router(config-ldp-if-af)#exit
Router(config-ldp-if)#interface tunnel-te n2
Router(config-ldp-if)#address-family ipv4
Router(config-ldp-if-af)#clone-tunnel
Router(config-ldp-if-af)#exit
Router(config-ldp-if)#interface tunnel-te n3
Router(config-ldp-if)#address-family ipv4
Router(config-ldp-if-af)#clone-tunnel
Router(config-ldp-if-af)#commit

collect-bw-only (MPLS-TE)

To configure only the bandwidth collection without adjusting the bandwidth automatically, use the collect-bw-only command in MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

collect-bw-only

no collect-bw-only

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Bandwidth collection is either enabled or disabled.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you enable the collect-bw-only command while the automatic bandwidth is already running on a tunnel, the bandwidth application is disabled from that moment. Before you enable the actual bandwidth application, you can get the status of the automatic bandwidth behavior.

If you disable the collect-bw-only command on a tunnel from which the automatic bandwidth is already running, the actual bandwidth application takes place on the tunnel at the next application period.

It is also possible to manually activate a bandwidth application regardless of the collect bandwidth only flag that is being specified on a tunnel. To activate the bandwidth application, use the mpls traffic-eng auto-bw apply (MPLS-TE) command in XR EXEC mode.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable only the bandwidth collection without adjusting the automatic bandwidth:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# auto-bw
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-autobw)# collect-bw-only

destination (MPLS-TE)

To configure the destination address of a TE tunnel, use the destination command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

destination ip-address

no destination ip-address

Syntax Description


`ip-address`	Destination address of the MPLS-TE router ID.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Note

The tunnel destination address must be a unique MPLS-TE router ID; it cannot be an MPLS-TE link address on a node.

For Point-to-Point (P2P) tunnels, the destination command is used as a single-line command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the destination address for tunnel-te1 to 10.10.10.10:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# destination 10.10.10.10

disable (explicit-path)

To prevent the path from being used by MPLS-TE tunnels while it is configured, use the disable command in explicit path configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

disable

no disable

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Explicit path is enabled.

Command Modes

Explicit path configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to disable explicit path 200:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# explicit-path identifier 200
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-expl-path)# disable

ds-te bc-model

To enable a specific bandwidth constraint model (Maximum Allocation Model or Russian Doll Model) on the entire label switched router (LSR), use the ds-te bc-model command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

ds-te bc-model mam

no ds-te bc-model mam

Syntax Description


mam	Enables the Maximum Allocation Model (MAM) bandwidth constraints model.

Command Default

RDM is the default bandwidth constraint model.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You can configure both the MAM and RDM bandwidth values on a single interface before swapping to an alternate global MPLS-TE BC model.

If you configure bandwidth constraints without configuring the corresponding bandwidth constraint values, the router uses default bandwidth constraint values.

MAM is not supported in prestandard DS-TE mode. MAM and RDM are supported in IETF DS-TE mode; RDM is supported in prestandard DS-TE mode.

Note

Changing the bandwidth constraints model affects the entire router and may have a major impact on system performance as nonzero-bandwidth tunnels are torn down.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable the MAM bandwidth constraints model:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# ds-te bc-model mam

ds-te mode

To configure standard differentiated-service TE mode (DS-TE), use the ds-te mode command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

ds-te mode ietf

no ds-te mode ietf

Syntax Description


ietf	Enables IETF standard mode.

Command Default

Prestandard DS-TE is the default differentiated service mode.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The following two DS-TE modes are supported:

Prestandard mode
- The Cisco proprietary mechanism for IGPs and RSVP signalling are used and DS-TE does not interoperate with third-party vendor equipment.

IETF mode

Standard defined extensions are used for IGPs and RSVP signalling and DS-TE in this mode interoperates with third-party equipment.
IETF mode supports two bandwidth constraint models: the Russian Doll Model (RDM) and Maximum Allocation Model (MAM).
RDM is the default model.
Router advertises variable-length bandwidth constraints, max-reservable- bandwidth, and unreserved bandwidths in TE-classes.
tunnels must have valid class-type and priority configured as per TE-class map in use; otherwise, tunnels remain down.
TE-class map (a set of tunnel priority and class-type values) is enabled to interpret unreserved bandwidth values advertised in IGP; therefore, TE-class map must be identical on all nodes for TE tunnels to be successfully established

For DS-TE to function properly, DS-TE modes must be configured identically on all MPLS-TE nodes.

If you need to change the DS-TE mode, you must bring down all tunnel interfaces and after the change, you should flood the updated bandwidth values through the network.

Note

Changing the DS-TE mode affects the entire LSR and can have a major impact on system performance when tunnels are torn down.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable IETF standard mode:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# ds-te mode ietf

ds-te te-classes

To enter DS-TE te-class map configuration mode, use the ds-te te-classes command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

ds-te te-classes te-class te_class_index {class-type class_type_number {priority pri_number} | unused}

no ds-te te-classes te-class te_class_index {class-type class_type_number {priority pri_number} | unused}

Syntax Description


te-class	Configures the te-class map.
`te_class_index`	TE class-map index. Range is 0 to 7.
class-type	Configures the class type.
`class_type_number`	Class type value in the te-class map. Range is 0 to 1.
priority	Configures the TE tunnel priority.
`pri_number`	TE tunnel priority value. Range is 0 to 7.
unused	Marks the TE-class as unused.

Command Default

The following default te-class maps are used in IETF DS-TE mode:


te-class index	class-type	priority
0	0	7
1	1	7
2	UNUSED	—
3	UNUSED	—
4	0	0
5	1	0
6	UNUSED	—
7	UNUSED	—

Note

The default mapping has 4 TE-classes used with 2 class-types and, 4 TE-classes are unused. TE-class map is not used in prestandard DS-TE mode.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

In IETF DS-TE mode, modified semantic of the unreserved bandwidth TLV is used. Each of the eight available bandwidth values advertised in the IGP corresponds to a TE class. Because IGP advertises only eight bandwidth values, only eight TE-Classes can be supported in a IETF DS-TE network. The TE-Class mapping must be configured the same way on every router in a DS-TE domain. There is, however, no method to automatically detect or enforce this required consistency.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure a TE-class 7 parameter:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# ds-te te-classes te-class 7 class-type 0 priority 4

exclude srlg (auto-tunnel backup)

To specify that automatic backup tunnels should avoid Shared Risk Link Groups (SRLGs) of protected interface, use the exclude srlg command in auto-tunnel backup configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

exclude srlg [preferred]

no exclude srlg [preferred]

Syntax Description


preferred	(Optional) Causes the backup tunnel to avoid SRLGs of its protected interface(s); however, the backup tunnel is created if SRLGs are not avoided.

Command Default

Strict SRLG

Command Modes

Auto-tunnel backup configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Strict SRLG configuration of this command means that the path computed for the backup tunnel that is automatically created, must not contain any links that are part of the excluded SRLG groups. If such a path cannot be found, the backup tunnel does not come up.

Configuration of the preferred option allows the automatic backup tunnel to come up even if a path that excludes SRLGs can not be found.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

In the following example, automatic backup tunnels must avoid SRLGs of the protected interface.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# auto-tunnel backup
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-auto-backup)#  exclude srlg preferred

fast-reroute

To enable fast-reroute (FRR) protection for an MPLS-TE tunnel, use the fast-reroute command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

fast-reroute

no fast-reroute

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

FRR is disabled.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When a protected link used by the fast-reroutable label switched path (LSP) fails, the traffic is rerouted to a previously assigned backup tunnel. Configuring FRR on the tunnel informs all the nodes that the LSP is traversing that this LSP desires link/node/bandwidth protection.

You must allow sufficient time after an RSP RP switchover before triggering FRR on standby RSPs RPs to synchronize with the active RSP RP (verified using the show redundancy command). All TE tunnels must be in the recovered state and the database must be in the ready state for all ingress and egress line cards. To verify this information, use the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels and show mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute database commands.

Note

Wait approximately 60 seconds before triggering FRR after verifying the database state.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable FRR on an MPLS-TE tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# fast-reroute

fast-reroute protect

To enable node and bandwidth protection for an MPLS-TE tunnel, use the fast-reroute protect command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

fast-reroute protect {bandwidth | node}

no fast-reroute protect

Syntax Description


bandwidth	Enables bandwidth protection request.
node	Enables node protection request.

Command Default

FRR is disabled.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable bandwidth protection for a specified TE tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# fast-reroute protect bandwidth

fast-reroute timers promotion

To configure how often the router considers switching a protected MPLS-TE tunnel to a new backup tunnel if additional backup-bandwidth or a better backup tunnel becomes available, use the fast-reroute timers promotion command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

fast-reroute timers promotion interval

no fast-reroute timers promotion

Syntax Description


`interval`	Interval, in seconds, between scans to determine if a label switched path (LSP) should use a new, better backup tunnel. Range is 0 to 604800. A value of 0 disables backup tunnel promotions.

Command Default

interval : 300

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Setting the interval to a low value puts more load on the CPU because it has to scan all protected LSPs more frequently. It is not recommended that the timer be configured below the default value of 300 seconds.

Pacing mechanisms have been implemented to distribute the load on the CPU when backup promotion is active. Because of this, when a large number of protected LSPs are promoted, some delay is noticeable in backup promotion. If the promotion timer is configured to a very low value (depending on the number of protected LSPs) some protected LSPs may never get promoted.

To disable the timer, set the value to zero.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to specify that LSPs are scanned every 600 seconds (10 minutes) to determine if they should be promoted to a better backup tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# fast-reroute timers promotion 600

flooding threshold

To set the reserved bandwidth thresholds for a link as a percentage of the total bandwidth change, use the flooding threshold command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

flooding threshold {up | down} percent

no flooding thresholds {up | down} percent

Syntax Description


up	Configures the upward flooding threshold as a percentage of the total link bandwidth change.
down	Configures the downward flooding threshold as a percentage of the total link bandwidth change.
`percent`	Bandwidth threshold level. Range is 0 to 100 .

Command Default

No default behavior or values.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the flooding threshold command to set the up and down thresholds as a percentage of the total bandwidth change. If the flooding threshold command is configured, flooding occurs only if the change from the previous flooding is greater than the configured thresholds.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the reserved bandwidth thresholds as a percentage of the total bandwidth change. Flooding occurs only if the change from the previous flooding is greater than the configured thresholds. In this example, the up and down thresholds are configured as 10 percent. That means, if the last flooded bandwidth percentage is 50 percent, then the flooding occurs only if the bandwidth goes below 40 percent, or if the bandwidth goes above 60 percent.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# flooding threshold up 10 down 10

flooding thresholds

To set the reserved bandwidth thresholds for a link, use the flooding thresholds command in MPLS-TE interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

flooding thresholds {down | up} percent [percent1 | percent2 | percent3 | ... percent 15]

no flooding thresholds {down | up}

Syntax Description


down	Configures the threshold for decreased resource availability.
up	Configures the threshold for increased resource availability.
`percent` [ percent ]	Bandwidth threshold level. Range is 0 to 100 for all 16 levels.

Command Default

down : 100 , 99 , 98 , 97 , 96 , 95 , 90 , 85 , 80 , 75 , 60 , 45 , 30 , 15

up : 5 , 30 , 45 , 60 , 75 , 80 , 85 , 90 , 95 , 97 , 98 , 99 , 100

Command Modes

MPLS-TE interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You can configure up to 16 flooding threshold values. The first value is mandatory; the next 15 are optional.

When a threshold is crossed, MPLS-TE link management advertises updated link information. If no thresholds are crossed, changes can be flooded periodically unless periodic flooding was disabled.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the reserved bandwidth threshold for the link for decreased resource availability (down) and for increased resource availability (up) thresholds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface HundredGigabitEthernet
 0/0/0/3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# flooding thresholds down 100 75 25
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# flooding thresholds up 25 50 100

forward-class

To define the forwarding path in the MPLS-TE interface, use the forward-class command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To remove forward-class configuration, use the no form of this command.

forward-class forward-class

no forward-class


`forward-class`	Forward class for the tunnel. Range is 1 to 7.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to define forwarding path in the MPLS-TE interface:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)#forward-class 1

forwarding-adjacency

To configure an MPLS-TE forwarding adjacency, use the forwarding-adjacency command in interface configuration mode. By configuring forwarding adjacency, the MPLS-TE tunnels are considered to be links by the IGP. If no forwarding adjacency is to be defined, use the no form of this command.

forwarding-adjacency [holdtime time] [include-ipv6]

no forwarding-adjacency [holdtime time] [include-ipv6]

Syntax Description


holdtime `time`	(Optional) Configures the hold time value, in milliseconds, that is associated with each forwarding-adjacency LSP. The hold time is the duration after which the state change of LSP is advertised to IGP. The default value is 0.
include-ipv6	(Optional) Announces the MPLS-TE tunnel as an IPv6 forwarding adjacency.

Command Default

holdtime time : 0

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you do not specify a holdtime time value, a delay is introduced with the following results:

When forwarding-adjacency is configured on a tunnel that is up, TE notifies IGP without any additional delay.
When forwarding-adjacency is configured on a tunnel that is down, TE does not notify IGP.
When a tunnel on which forwarding-adjacency has been configured comes up, TE holds the notification to IGP for the period of holdtime (assuming non-zero holdtime). When the holdtime elapses, TE notifies IGP if the tunnel is still up.

The paths that traffic is taking to the destination can be manipulated by adjusting the forwarding adjacency link metric. To do that, use the bandwidth command. The unit of possible bandwidth values is in kbps.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to configure forwarding adjacency with a holdtime value of 60 milliseconds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 888
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# forwarding-adjacency holdtime 60

This example shows how to announce MPLS-TE tunnel as an IPv6 forwarding adjacency:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#interface tunnel-te 65534
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)#forwarding-adjacency 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-fwdadj)#include-ipv6

index exclude-address

To exclude an address from a tunnel path entry at a specific index, use the index exclude-address command in explicit path configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

index index-id exclude-address{ ipv4 unicast IP address}

no index index-id

Syntax Description


`index-id`	Index number at which the path entry is inserted or modified. Range is 1 to 65535.
ipv4 unicast `IP address`	Excludes the IPv4 unicast address.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Explicit path configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You cannot include or exclude addresses from an IP explicit path unless explicitly configured using the exclude-address keyword.

Use the exclude-address keyword only after entering the explicit path configuration mode.

If you use the exclude-address keyword and specify the IP address of a link, the constraint-based routine does not consider that link when it sets up MPLS-TE paths. If the excluded address is a flooded MPLS-TE router ID, the constraint-based shortest path first (SPF) routine does not consider that entire node.

Note

The person who performs the configuration must know the IDs of the routers, as it may not be apparent if the value refers to the link or to the node.

MPLS-TE accepts IP explicit paths composed of all excluded addresses configured using the exclude-address keyword.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to exclude address 192.168.3.2 at index 3 of the explicit path 200:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# explicit-path identifier 200
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-expl-path)# index 3 exclude-address ipv4 unicast 192.168.3.2

index exclude-srlg

To exclude an address to get SRLGs from a tunnel path entry at a specific index, use the index exclude-srlg command in explicit path configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

index index-id exclude-srlg ipv4 unicast IP address

no index index-id

Syntax Description


`index-id`	Index number at which the path entry is inserted or modified. Range is 1 to 65535.
exclude-srlg	Specifies an IP address to get SRLG values from for exclusion.
ipv4 unicast `IP address`	Excludes the IPv4 unicast address.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Explicit path configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to exclude the SRLG values from the IP address 192.168.3.2 at index 1 of the explicit path 100:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# explicit-path identifier 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-expl-path)# index 1 exclude-srlg ipv4 unicast 192.168.3.2

index next-address

To include a path entry at a specific index, use the index next-address command in explicit path configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

index index-id next-address [loose | strict] ipv4 unicast IP-address

no index index-id

Syntax Description


`index-id`	Index number at which the path entry is inserted or modified. Range is 1 to 65535.
ipv4 unicast `IP-address`	Includes the IPv4 unicast address (strict address).
loose ipv4 unicast `IP-address`	(Optional) Specifies the next unicast address in the path as a loose hop.
strict ipv4 unicast `IP-address`	(Optional) Specifies the next unicast address in the path as a strict hop.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Explicit path configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You cannot include addresses from an IP explicit path unless explicitly configured using the next-address keyword.

Use the next-address keyword only after entering the explicit path configuration mode.

Note

The person who performs the configuration must know the IDs of the routers, as it may not be apparent if the value refers to the link or to the node.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to insert the next-address 192.168.3.2 at index 3 of the explicit path 200:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# explicit-path identifier 200
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-expl-path)# index 3 next-address ipv4 unicast 192.168.3.2

interface (MPLS-TE)

To enable MPLS-TE on an interface and to enter MPLS-TE interface configuration mode, use the interface command in XR Config mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

interface type interface-path-id

no interface type interface-path-id

Syntax Description

type

Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR Config mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must enter MPLS-TE interface mode to configure specific interface parameters on physical interfaces.

Configuring MPLS-TE links or a tunnel TE interface begins the TE-control process on RSP RP.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enter the MPLS-TE interface configuration mode:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface HundredGigabitEthernet
 0/0/0/3

The following example shows how to remove an interface from the MPLS-TE domain:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# no interface HundredGigabitEthernet 0/0/0/3

interface (SRLG)

To enable Shared Risk Link Groups (SRLGs) on an interface and to enter SRLG interface configuration mode, use the interface command in SRLG configuration mode. To return to the previous configuration mode, use the no form of this command.

interface type interface-path-id

no interface type interface-path-id

Syntax Description

type

Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

SRLG configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enter SRLG interface configuration mode:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# srlg
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-srlg)# interface HundredGigabitEthernet
 0/0/0/3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-srlg-if)# value 10
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-srlg-if)#value 50

interface tunnel-te

To configure an MPLS-TE tunnel interface, use the interface tunnel-te command in XR Config mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

interface tunnel-te tunnel-id

no interface tunnel-te tunnel-id

Syntax Description


`tunnel-id`	Tunnel number. Range is 0 to 65535.

Command Default

Tunnel interfaces are disabled.

Command Modes

XR Config mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You cannot have two tunnels using the same encapsulation mode with exactly the same source and destination address. The workaround is to create a loopback interface and to use the loopback interface address as the source address of the tunnel.

Configuring MPLS-TE links or Tunnel-TE interface begins the TE-control process on RSP RP.

The interface tunnel-te command indicates that the tunnel interface is for an MPLS-TE tunnel and enables the various tunnel MPLS configuration options.

Note

You must configure record-route on TE tunnels that are protected by multiple backup tunnels merging at a single node.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
interface	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure tunnel interface 1:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 unnumbered loopback0

The following example shows how to set the tunnel-class attribute to map the correct traffic class to the tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# policy-class 1

ipv4 unnumbered (MPLS)

To specify the MPLS-TE tunnel Internet Protocol Version 4 (IPv4) address, use the ipv4 unnumbered command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id

no ipv4 unnumbered type interface-path-id

Syntax Description

type

Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (? ) online help function.

Command Default

No IP address is set.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Tunnel-te is not signaled until an IP address is configured on the tunnel interface; therefore, the tunnel state stays down without IP address configuration.

Loopback is commonly used as the interface type.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
network	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure the MPLS-TE tunnel to use the IPv4 address used on loopback interface 0:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# ipv4 unnumbered loopback0

ipv4 unnumbered mpls traffic-eng

To specify the Internet Protocol Version 4 (IPv4) address, use the ipv4 unnumbered mpls traffic-eng command in XR Config mode. To remove the IPv4 address, use the no form of this command.

ipv4 unnumbered mpls traffic-eng interface-path-id

no ipv4 unnumbered mpls traffic-eng

Syntax Description

interface-path-id

Physical interface or virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all interfaces currently configured on the router.

Command Default

No default behavior or values.

Command Modes

XR Config mode .

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
network	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to specify unnumbered IPv4 address for a GigabitEthernet interface:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#  ipv4 unnumbered mpls traffic-eng HundredGigabitEthernet 0/0/0/3

The following example shows how to specify unnumbered IPv4 address for an MPLS-TE tunnel with tunnel ID 200:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#  ipv4 unnumbered mpls traffic-eng tunnel-te 200

link-management timers bandwidth-hold

To set the length of time that bandwidth is held for a Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) Path (setup) message to wait for the corresponding RSVP Resv message to return, use the link-management timers bandwidth-hold command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

link-management timers bandwidth-hold holdtime

no link-management timers bandwidth-hold holdtime

Syntax Description


`holdtime`	Number of seconds that bandwidth can be held. Range is 1 to 300. Default is 15.

Command Default

holdtime : 15

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The link-management timers bandwidth-hold command determines the time allowed for an RSVP message to return from a neighbor RSVP node.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the bandwidth to be held for 10 seconds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# link-management timers bandwidth-hold 10

link-management timers periodic-flooding

To set the length of the interval for periodic flooding, use the link-management timers periodic-flooding command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

link-management timers periodic-flooding interval

no link-management timers periodic-flooding

Syntax Description


`interval`	Length of the interval, in seconds, for periodic flooding. Range is 0 to 3600. A value of 0 turns off periodic flooding. The minimum value is 30.

Command Default

interval : 180

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The link-management timers periodic-flooding command advertises the link state information changes that do not trigger immediate action, such as a change to the allocated bandwidth that does not cross a threshold.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the interval length for periodic flooding to 120 seconds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# link-management timers periodic-flooding 120

link-management timers preemption-delay

To set the length of the interval for delaying LSP preemption, use the link-management timers preemption-delay command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To disable this behavior, use the no form of this command.

link-management timers preemption-delay bundle-capacity sec

Syntax Description


bundle-capacity `sec`	Specifies the bundle-capacity preemption timer value in seconds.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The value 0 as bundle-capacity value in the link-management timers preemption-delay command disables this timer. This means there is no delay before preemption sets in when the bundle capacity goes down.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to set the interval length for preemption-delay:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# link-management timers preemption-delay bundle-capacity 180

load-share

To determine load-sharing balancing parameters for a specified interface, use the load-share command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

load-share value

no load-share

Syntax Description


`value`	Load-share value, equivalent to the bandwidth in kbps (that is, the same value in configuration). Range is 1 to 4294967295. Default is 0.

Command Default

The default load-share for tunnels with no explicit configuration is the configured signalled bandwidth.

value : 0 (if no value is assigned)

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Configuration schemas are supported for load balancing.

To enable the load-share command, you must enable unequal load balancing using the load-share unequal command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure load-sharing parameters on a specified interface:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 100
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# load-share 100

load-share unequal

To configure unequal load-sharing for an MPLS-TE tunnel, use the load-share unequal command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

load-share unequal

no load-share unequal

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

By default, unequal load-balancing is disabled and equal load-balancing occurs.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The auto-bw and load-share unequal commands should not be used together.

The load-share unequal command determines the load-share for a tunnel based on the bandwidth. However, the MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth feature changes the bandwidth around. If you are configuring both the load-share unequal command and the MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth feature, we recommend that you specify an explicit load-share value configuration under each MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth tunnel.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable unequal load-sharing:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# load-share unequal

match mpls disposition

To match Tag2IP packets while redirecting MPLS labeled packets to a new destination using PBR policy, use the match mpls disposition command in class-map configuration mode. To remove redirection of MPLS labeled packets, use the no form of this command.

match mpls disposition access-group {ipv4 | ipv6} access-list

no match mpls disposition access-group {ipv4 | ipv6} access-list

Syntax Description


access-group	Specifies an access-group.
ipv4 \| ipv6	Specifies IPv4 or IPv6 address.
`access-list`	Specifies an access-list.

Command Default

Match is not set.

Command Modes

Class-map configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Only Tag2IP packets can be redirected.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
qos	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to configure match MPLS disposition sequence for an IPv4 address:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#class-map type traffic class_mpls_src_test
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-cmap)#match mpls disposition access-group ipv4 ACL_MPLS_SRC
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-cmap)#end-class-map

maxabs (MPLS-TE)

To specify the maximum number of MPLS-TE tunnels that can be configured, use the maxabs command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

maxabs tunnels tunnel-limit destinations dest-limit

no maxabs tunnels tunnel-limit destinations dest-limit

Syntax Description


tunnels	Configures all tunnels for MPLS-TE.
`tunnel-limit`	Maximum number of tunnel TE interfaces. Range is 1 to 65536.
destinations	Configures all destinations for MPLS-TE.
`dest-limit`	Maximum total number of destinations that can be configured. Range is 1 to 65536.

Command Default

tunnel-limit : 4096

dest-limit : 4096

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the tunnel-te configuration limit to 1000:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# maxabs tunnels 1000 destinations 1000

mpls traffic-eng

To enter MPLS-TE configuration mode, use the mpls traffic-eng command in XR Config mode.

mpls traffic-eng

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR Config mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enter MPLS-TE configuration mode:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#

mpls traffic-eng auto-bw apply (MPLS-TE)

To apply the highest bandwidth collected on a tunnel without waiting for the current application period to end, use the mpls traffic-eng auto-bw apply command in XR EXEC mode.

mpls traffic-eng auto-bw apply {all | tunnel-te tunnel-number}

Syntax Description


all	Applies the highest bandwidth collected instantly on all the automatic bandwidth-enabled tunnels.
tunnel-te `tunnel-number`	Applies the highest bandwidth instantly to the specified tunnel. The range is from 0 to 65535.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The mpls traffic-eng auto-bw apply command can forcefully expire the current application period on a specified tunnel and immediately apply the highest bandwidth recorded so far instead of waiting for the application period to end on its own.

Note

The predefined threshold check still applies on the configuration, and if the delta is not significant enough, the automatic bandwidth functionality overrides this command.

The bandwidth application is performed only if at least one output rate sample has been collected for the current application period.

To guarantee the application of a specific signaled bandwidth value when triggering a manual bandwidth application, follow these steps:

Configure the minimum and maximum automatic bandwidth to the bandwidth value that you want to apply by using the command.
Trigger a manual bandwidth application by using the mpls traffic-eng auto-bw apply command.
Revert the minimum and maximum automatic bandwidth value back to their original value.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

The following example applies the highest bandwidth to a specified tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng auto-bw apply tunnel-te 1

mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute promote

To configure the router to assign new or more efficient backup MPLS-TE tunnels to protected MPLS-TE tunnels, use the mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute promote command in XR EXEC mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute promote

no mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute promote

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to initiate backup tunnel promote and assignment:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng fast-reroute promote

mpls traffic-eng level

To configure a router running Intermediate System-to-System (IS-IS) MPLS-TE at IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2, use the mpls traffic-eng level command in XR Config mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

mpls traffic-eng level isis-level

no mpls traffic-eng level isis-level

Syntax Description


`isis-level`	IS-IS level (1, 2, or both) where MPLS-TE is enabled.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR Config mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The mpls traffic-eng level command is supported for IS-IS and affects the operation of MPLS-TE only if MPLS-TE is enabled for that routing protocol instance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
isis	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure a router running IS-IS MPLS to flood TE for IS-IS level 1:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router isis 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-isis)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-isis-af)# mpls traffic-eng level 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-isis-af)# metric-style wide

mpls traffic-eng link-management bandwidth-accounting apply all

To apply measured rates to all RSVP-TE enabled interfaces immediately, use the mpls traffic-eng link-management bandwidth-accounting apply all in EXEC mode.

mpls traffic-eng link-management bandwidth-accounting apply all

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The bandwidth-accounting apply all command acts like the end of an application interval. The measured rates are applied immediately, which may cause RSVP-TE bandwidth-accounting to flood the updated bandwidth values immediately. This command does not affect the periodic application of the bandwidth.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng link-management bandwidth-accounting apply all

mpls traffic-eng link-management flood

To enable immediate flooding of all the local MPLS-TE links, use the mpls traffic-eng link-management flood command in XR EXEC mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

mpls traffic-eng link-management flood

no mpls traffic-eng link-management flood

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If there is no change in the LSA since last flooding, IGP may dampen the advertisement.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to initiate flooding of the local MPLS-TE links:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng link-management flood

mpls traffic-eng path-protection switchover tunnel-te

To force a manual switchover for path-protected tunnel, use the mpls traffic-eng path-protection switchover tunnel-te command in XR EXEC mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

mpls traffic-eng path-protection switchover tunnel-te tunnel ID

no mpls traffic-eng path-protection switchover tunnel-te tunnel ID

Syntax Description


`tunnel ID`	Tunnel identifier of the P2P tunnel for the path protection switchover. Range is from 0 to 65535.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

The following example configures the switchover for path-protection for tunnel-te:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng path-protection switchover tunnel-te 8

mpls traffic-eng reoptimize events link-up

To turn on automatic reoptimization of Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) traffic engineering when certain events occur, such as, when an interface becomes operational, use the mpls traffic-eng reoptimize events link-up command in XR Config mode. To disable automatic reoptimization when link-up event occurs, use the no form of this command.

mpls traffic-eng reoptimize events link-up

no mpls traffic-eng reoptimize events link-up

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Modes

XR Config mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to turn on automatic reoptimization when an interface becomes operational:



RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng reoptimize events link-up

mpls traffic-eng reoptimize (EXEC)

To trigger the reoptimization interval of all TE tunnels, use the mpls traffic-eng reoptimize command in XR EXEC mode.

mpls traffic-eng reoptimize [tunnel-id] [tunnel-name] [all] [p2p {all | tunnel-id}]

Syntax Description


`tunnel-id`	(Optional) MPLS-TE tunnel identification expressed as a number. Range is from 0 to 65535.
`tunnel-name`	(Optional) TE tunnel identification expressed as a name.
all	(Optional) Forces an immediate reoptimization for all tunnels.
p2p	(Optional) Forces an immediate reoptimization of all P2P TE tunnels.
all	(Optional) Forces an immediate reoptimization for all P2P tunnels.
`tunnel-id`	P2P TE tunnel identification to be reoptimized. Range is from 0 to 65535.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

The following example shows how to immediately reoptimize all TE tunnels:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng reoptimize

The following example shows how to immediately reoptimize TE tunnel-te90:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng reoptimize tunnel-te90

The following example shows how to immediately reoptimize all P2P TE tunnels:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# mpls traffic-eng reoptimize p2p all

mpls traffic-eng repotimize mesh group

To reoptimize all tunnels of a mesh group, use the mpls traffic-eng repotimize mesh group command in XR EXEC mode.

mpls traffic-eng reoptimize auto-tunnel mesh group group_id

Syntax Description


`group_id`	Defines auto-tunnel mesh group ID that is to be reoptimized. Range is 0 to 4294967295.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

This is sample out from the mpls traffic-eng reoptimize mesh group command:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router mpls traffic-eng reoptimize mesh group 10

mpls traffic-eng resetup (EXEC)

To trigger the re-setup of TE tunnels, clearing the LSP states, use the mpls traffic-eng resetup command in XR EXEC mode.

mpls traffic-eng resetup {P2MP | P2P | name}

Syntax Description


P2MP `tunnel-id`	Re-setup a specific P2MP tunnel by tunnel-id. The P2MP tunnel ID range is from 0 to 65535.
P2P `tunnel-id`	Re-setup a specific P2P tunnel by tunnel-id. The P2MP tunnel ID range is from 0 to 65535.
name `name`	Re-setup a specific tunnel by the given name.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 5.1.1	This command was introduced.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	execute

Examples

The following example shows how to re-setup a specific tunnel by the given name (tunnel-te1):


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#mpls traffic-eng resetup name tunnel-te1

The following example shows how to re-setup a specific P2P tunnel based on the specified tunnel-id (tunnel-id 1):


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#mpls traffic-eng resetup P2P tunnel-id 1

The following example shows how to re-setup a P2MP tunnel based on the specified tunnel-id (tunnel-id 2):


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#mpls traffic-eng resetup P2MP tunnel-id 2

mpls traffic-eng router-id (MPLS-TE router)

To specify that the TE router identifier for the node is the IP address associated with a given interface, use the mpls traffic-eng router-id command in the appropriate mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

mpls traffic-eng router-id type interface-path-id

no mpls traffic-eng router-id type interface-path-id

Syntax Description

type

Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (? ) online help function.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

OSPF configuration

IS-IS address family configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

A routers identifier acts as a stable IP address for the TE configuration. This IP address is flooded to all nodes. You must set the destination on the destination node TE router identifier for all affected tunnels. This router ID is the address that the TE topology database at the tunnel head uses for its path calculation.

Note

When the mpls traffic-eng router-id command is not configured, global router ID is used by MPLS-TE if there is one configured.

We suggest that you configure the mpls traffic-eng router-id command explicitly under the IGP; otherwise, TE uses the default algorithm to pick up the TE router-id, which can be the highest IP address of the loopback interfaces or physical interfaces.

A TE router-id configuration is highly recommended to ensure that the tunnel head-end picks up the correct source address, and the configured static RPF address at the tail-end matches the tunnel source which avoids unexpected traffic drops.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following examples show how to specify the TE router identifier as the IP address associated with loopback interface:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router ospf CORE_AS 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-ospf)# mpls traffic-eng router-id 7.7.7.7
  
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router isis 811
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-isis)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-isis-af)# mpls traffic-eng router-id 8.8.8.8

mpls traffic-eng srlg

To enter MPLS-TE SRLG configuration mode, use the mpls traffic-eng srlg command in XR Config mode. To delete all the SRLG values and mapping configured under traffic engineering, use the no form of this command. To enter MPLS-TE SRLG value configuration submode, use the mpls traffic-eng srlg value srlg value command in the MPLS TE SRLG configuration mode. To delete all the SRLG values configured, use the no form of this command. To specify administrative weight associated with an SRLG value, use the admin-weight keyword in the MPLS TE SRLG value configuration submode.

mpls traffic-eng srlg {admin-weight weight | value srlg value}ipv4 address ip-address next-hop ipv4 address next-hop-ip-address

Syntax Description


admin-weight `weight`	Value added to link admin-weight during SRLG-aware path computation. Range is 0 to 4294967295.
value `srlg-value`	SRLG value. Range is 0 to 4294967295.
static	Assign SRLG to topology link based on IP address.
ipv4 address `ip-address` next-hop ipv4 address `next-hop-ip-address`	Assign IP address of the local end-point and next-hop address of the link.

Command Default

The default value for admin-weight keyword is 1.

Command Modes

XR Config mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enter MPLS-TE SRLG configuration mode:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng srlg
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-srlg)#

The following example shows how to enter MPLS-TE SRLG value configuration submode:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng srlg value 150
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-srlg)#

The following example shows how to specify admin-weight in the MPLS-TE SRLG value configuration submode:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng srlg value 150
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-srlg)# admin-weight 10

mpls traffic-eng teardown (EXEC)

To tear down and reestablish the RSVP-TE tunnels in a router, use the mpls traffic-eng teardown command in XR EXEC mode.

mpls traffic-eng teardown { all | head | mid | tail }

Syntax Description


all	Tears and set-up all the RSVP-TE tunnels of a network node
head	Tears and sets up all the RSVP-TE tunnels of the configured headend router
mid	Tears and sets up all the RSVP-TE tunnels of the configured midend router
tail	Tears and sets up all the RSVP-TE tunnels of the configured tailend router

Command Default

None

Command Modes

XR EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.11.1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You can also use the mpls traffic-eng resetup command to reestablish the tunnels only at the headend router.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	execute

Examples

This example shows the tearing down of all the RSVP-TE tunnels in an MPLS network.

Router# mpls traffic-eng teardown all
Router# commit

mpls traffic-eng tunnel preferred

By default, IS-IS installs multiple ECMPs for a route in the RIB through MPLS TE tunnels and physical interfaces. To limit IS-IS to use only MPLS TE tunnels for ECMP, use the mpls traffic-eng tunnel preferred command in XR Config Mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

mpls traffic-eng tunnel preferred

no mpls traffic-eng tunnel preferred

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR Config Mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.6.1	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The mpls traffic-eng tunnel preferred command is supported for IS-IS and affects the operation of MPLS-TE only if MPLS-TE is enabled for that routing protocol instance.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
isis	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure the tunnel preference:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router isis 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-isis)# address-family ipv4 unicast
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-isis-af)# mpls traffic-eng tunnel preferred

named-tunnels tunnel-te

To name the TE (Traffic Engineering) tunnels in the network with unique tunnel IDs (STRING names), use the named-tunnels tunnel-te command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To delete the named tunnels, use the no form of this command.

named-tunnels tunnel-te tunnel-name [ description tunnel-description ] [ self-ping max-count ] [ self-ping max-count ] [ reoptimize tunnel-reoptimize-config ]

no named-tunnels

Syntax Description

tunnel-name

Configures the given name to the TE tunnel.

Note

If the tunnel name contains more than one word, use hyphens to separate the words.

tunnel-description

Sets a description for the tunnel.

self-ping max-count

Configures the maximum number of self-ping probes that are to be sent.

reoptimize tunnel-reoptimize-config

Reoptimizes the timer frequency in seconds. The value ranges from 0 to 65535. When the frequency is set to 0, the periodic reoptimization on the tunnel is disabled.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.11.1	The description keyword was introduced.
Release 7.5.3	The following were modified: The self-ping keyword was added. The maximum supported string length of the tunnel name is changed from 54 to 64 characters.
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Starting from Cisco IOS XR Release 7.5.3, the maximum supported string length of the tunnel name is changed from 54 to 64 characters.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to name a TE tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#named-tunnels
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-named-tunnels)#tunnel-te FROM-NY-TO-LA

Examples

The following example shows how to add a description for the TE tunnel:


Router# configure
Router(config)# mpls traffic-eng 
Router(config-mpls-te)# named-tunnels tunnel-te ABC  
Router(config-te-tun-name)# description New tunnel  
Router(config-te-tun-name)# commit

Examples

The following example shows how to configure self-ping probe:


/* Self-ping is supported for named-tunnels. This new keyword self-ping enables self-ping when tunnel-te ABC is being reoptimized. */
Router# configure
Router(config)# mpls traffic-eng 
Router(config-mpls-te)# named-tunnels tunnel-te ABC  
Router(config-te-tun-name)# self-ping  
Router(config-te-tun-name)# commit

nhop-only (auto-tunnel backup)

To configure only a next-hop automatic backup tunnel with only link protection, use the nhop-only command in MPLS-TE auto-tunnel backup interface configuration mode. To return to the default configuration setting for automatic backup tunnels, use the no form of this command.

nhop-only

no nhop-only

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

Both NHOP and NNHOP protection are enabled.

Command Modes

Auto-tunnel backup configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you configure the nhop-only command, you destroy any next-next-hop (NNHOP) tunnel created to provide node protection for tunnels running over the specified interface.

If you unconfigure the nhop-only command, you trigger a backup assignment on primary tunnels running over that link. The automatic backup tunnel feature attempts to create NNHOP backup tunnnels to provide node protection for the specified tunnels.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

In the following example, NNHOP automatic backup tunnels are destroyed and only NHOP tunnels with link protection is configured:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface HundredGigE 0/0/0/3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# auto-tunnel backup
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if-auto-backup)# nhop-only

overlay-encapsulation mpls-udp

To enable MPLS over UDP encapsulation, use the overlay-encapsulation mpls-udp command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

overlay-encapsulation mpls-udp

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Interface configuration mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.5.3	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Supported on routers with line cards based on Q200 Silicon.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable MPLS over UDP encapsulation:

Router# configure
Router(config)# interface nve1
Router(config-if)# overlay-encapsulation mpls-udp
Router(config-if)# source-interface Loopback0
Router(config-if)# logging events link-status
Router(config-if)# commit

overflow threshold (MPLS-TE)

To configure the tunnel overflow detection, use the overflow threshold command in MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration mode. To disable the overflow detection feature, use the no form of this command.

overflow threshold percentage [min bandwidth] limit limit

no overflow threshold

Syntax Description


`percentage`	Bandwidth change percent to trigger an overflow. The range is from 1 to 100.
min `bandwidth`	(Optional) Configures the bandwidth change value, in kbps, to trigger an overflow. The range is from 10 to 4294967295. The default is 10.
limit `limit`	Configures the number of consecutive collection intervals that exceeds the threshold. The bandwidth overflow triggers an early tunnel bandwidth update. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is none.

Command Default

The default value is disabled.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE automatic bandwidth interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If you modify the limit keyword, the consecutive overflows counter for the tunnel is also reset.

If you enable or modify the minimum value, the current consecutive overflows counter for the tunnel is also reset, which effectively restarts the overflow detection from scratch.

Several number of consecutive bandwidth samples are greater than the overflow threshold (bandwidth percentage) and the minimum bandwidth configured, then a bandwidth application is updated immediately instead of waiting for the end of the application period.

Overflow detection applies only to bandwidth increase. For example, an overflow can not be triggered even if bandwidth decreases by more than the configured overflow threshold.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure the tunnel overflow detection for tunnel-te 1:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# auto-bw
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if-tunte-autobw)# overflow threshold 50 limit 3

path-option (MPLS-TE)

To configure a path option for an MPLS-TE tunnel, use the path-option command in tunnel-te interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

path-option preference-priority [protecting number] {dynamic | explicit {name path-name | identifier path-number} [protected-by path-option-level]} [attribute-set name] [isis instance-name level level] [lockdown] [ospf instance-name area {value | address}] [verbatim]

no path-option preference-priority {dynamic | explicit {name path-name | identifier path-number} [protected-by path-option-level]} [isis instance-name level level] [lockdown] [ospf instance-name area {value | address}] [verbatim]

Syntax Description


`preference-priority`	Path option number. Range is from 1 to 1000.
protecting `number`	Specifies a path setup option to protect a path. The range is from 1 to 1000.
dynamic	Specifies that label switched paths (LSP) are dynamically calculated.
explicit	Specifies that LSP paths are IP explicit paths.
name `path-name`	Specifies the path name of the IP explicit path.
identifier `path-number`	Specifies a path number of the IP explicit path.
protected-by `path-option-level`	(Optional) Configures path protection for an explicit path that is protected by another explicit path.
isis `instance-name`	(Optional) Limits CSPF to a single IS-IS instance and area.
attribute-set `name`	(Optional) Specifies the attribute set for the LSP.
level `level`	Configures the level for IS-IS. The range is from 1 to 2.
lockdown	(Optional) Specifies that the LSP cannot be reoptimized.
ospf `instance-name`	(Optional) Limits CSPF to a single OSPF instance and area.
area	Configures the area for OSPF.
`value`	Decimal value for the OSPF area ID.
`address`	IP address for the OSPF area ID.
verbatim	(Optional) Bypasses the Topology/CSPF check for explicit paths.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Tunnel-te interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You can configure several path options for a single tunnel. For example, there can be several explicit path options and a dynamic option for one tunnel. The path setup preference is for lower (not higher) numbers, so option 1 is preferred.

When the lower number path option fails, the next path option is used to set up a tunnel automatically (unless using the lockdown option).

The protecting keyword specifies that you can configure path-protection for the primary LSP. The protecting keyword is available only for tunnel-gte interfaces.

You specify the backup path for the path-option command in case of the primary path failure.

CSPF areas are configured on a per-path-option basis.

The dynamic keyword is required to configure path-protection.

Any primary explicit path on a path protection enabled tunnel can be configured to be protected by an explicit path option level using protected-by keyword. Only one explicit protecting path is supported per path option.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure the tunnel to use a named IPv4 explicit path as verbatim and lockdown options for the tunnel. This tunnel cannot reoptimize when the FRR event goes away, unless you manually reoptimize it:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option 1 explicit name test verbatim lockdown

The following example shows how to enable path protection on a tunnel to configure an explicit path:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option 1 explicit name po4
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option protecting 1 explicit name po6

The following example shows how to limit CSPF to a single OSPF instance and area:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option 1 explicit name router1 ospf 3 area 7 verbatim

The following example shows how to limit CSPF to a single IS-IS instance and area:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-option 1 dynamic isis mtbf level 1 lockdown

path-option (Named Tunnels)

To configure one or more path options - each identified by a unique name - for a given MPLS-TE named tunnel, use the path-option command in MPLS-TE named-tunnels configuration mode. To delete the path option, use the no form of this command.

path-option path-name { preference preference-priority | computation { dynamic | explicit explicit-path-name | attribute-set } retry-timer seconds }

Syntax Description

path-name

Configures the given name to the path.

Note

If the path-option name contains more than one word, use hyphens to separate the words.

preference preference-priority

Specifies the path option preference. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. Lower values have a higher preference.

computation

Specifies the computation method for the path.

dynamic

Specifies that the path is dynamically calculated.

explicit

Specifies that an explicit path is used.

explicit-path-name

Configures the given name to the explicit path.

attribute-set name

Specifies the attribute-set name.

You can specify a maximum 64 characters.

retry-timer seconds

Specifies the timeout period in seconds before the headend node retries to establish Label Switched Paths (LSPs). The timeout range is 1 to 600 seconds.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

MPLS-TE named tunnels configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.5.4	The retry-timer keyword was added.
Release 7.5.3	The attribute-set keyword was added.
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure one or more path options for a given MPLS-TE named tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#named-tunnels
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-named-tunnels)#tunnel-te FROM-NY-TO-SJ
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-tunnel-name)#destination 192.168.0.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-tunnel-name)#path-option VIA-SF
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-path-option-name)#preference 10
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-path-option-name)#computation explicit MyExplicitPath
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-path-option-name)#exit
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-tunnel-name)#path-option SHORTEST
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-path-option-name)#preference 20
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-path-option-name)#computation dynamic
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-path-option-name)#exit

The following example shows how to configure attribute-set for path options for a given MPLS-TE named tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#named-tunnels
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-named-tunnels)#tunnel-te cisco
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-tun-name)#path-option 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-po-name)#attribute-set P1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-po-name)#retry-timer 300
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-po-name)#commit

path-protection (MPLS-TE)

To enable path protection for a tunnel interface , use the path-protection command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

path-protection

no path-protection

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Although not as fast as a link or node protection, presignaling a secondary Labeled Switch Path (LSP) is faster than configuring a secondary path option or allowing the tunnel's source router to dynamically recalculate a path. The actual recovery time is topology-dependent, and is affected by delay factors such as propagation delay and switch fabric latency.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable path protection for the tunnel-te interface type:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-protection

path-protection timers reopt-after-switchover

To configure the time to wait after a switchover occurs on a tunnel before a reoptimization is attempted for the tunnel, use the path-protection timers reopt-after-switchover command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

path-protection timers reopt-after-switchover seconds

no path-protection timers reopt-after-switchover seconds

Syntax Description


`seconds`	Time, in seconds, between path-protection event and tunnel reoptimization. Range is from 0 to 604800.

Command Default

seconds : 180 (3 minutes)

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

This command is used as a triggered reoptimization, which allows a tunnel to reoptimize to a better path than the standby path after the switchover. This option is used as a one time reoptimization.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to adjust the number of seconds between when a path-protection switchover is effected on a tunnel head to when reoptimization is performed on the tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# path-protection timers reopt-after-switchover 180

path-selection cost-limit

To set the upper limit on the path aggregate admin-weight when computing paths for MPLS-TE LSPs, use the path-selection cost-limit command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the upper limit, use the no form of this command.

path-selection cost-limit cost-limit-value

Syntax Description


`cost-limit-value`	Configures the path-selection cost-limit value. The range is from 1 to 4294967295.

Command Default

The cost-limit is ignored.

Command Modes

XR Config mode

Interface tunnel TE configuration

MPLS TE path-option attribute set configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Path-selection cost-limit configuration works only on MPLS TE tunnels. The cost-limit configured under path-option attribute-set configuration mode takes priority and will be in effect if the cost-limit is configured under global configuration, interface tunnel TE, and path-option attribute-set configuration modes. The cost-limit is ignored by default.

A LSP is created only if its path aggregate admin-weight is less than the specified path cost limit.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to set the path-selection cost-limit for under MPLS TE path-option attribute-set PO3AttrSet .



RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#attribute-set path-option PO3AttrSet 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-attribute-set)#path-selection cost-limit 50000

path-selection ignore overload (MPLS-TE)

To ignore the Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) overload bit setting for MPLS-TE, use the path-selection ignore overload command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

path-selection ignore overload {head | mid | tail}

no path-selection ignore overload {head | mid | tail}

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Syntax Description


head	The tunnel stays up if set-overload-bit is set by ISIS on the head router. Ignores overload node during CSPF for the head node.
mid	The tunnel stays up if set-overload-bit is set by ISIS on the mid router. Ignores overload node during CSPF for the mid node.
tail	The tunnel stays up if set-overload-bit is set by ISIS on the tail router. Ignores overload node during CSPF for the tail node.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the path-selection ignore overload command to ensure that label switched paths (LSPs) are not broken because of routers that have IS-IS overload bit as enabled.

When the IS-IS overload bit avoidance (OLA) feature is activated, all nodes with the overload bit set, which includes head nodes, mid nodes, and tail nodes, are ignored. This means that they are still available for use with label switched paths (LSPs). This feature allows you to include an overloaded node in constraint-based shortest path first (CSPF).

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to use the path-selection ignore overload head command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# path-selection ignore overload
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# path-selection ignore overload head

path-selection loose-expansion affinity (MPLS-TE)

To specify the affinity value to be used to expand a path to the next loose hop for a tunnel on an area border router, use the path-selection loose-expansion affinity command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

path-selection loose-expansion affinity affinity-value mask affinity-mask [class-type type]

no path-selection loose-expansion affinity affinity-value mask affinity-mask [class-type type]

Syntax Description


`affinity-value`	Attribute values required for links carrying this tunnel. A 32-bit decimal number. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF, representing 32 attributes (bits), where the value of an attribute is 0 or 1.
mask `affinity-mask`	Checks the link attribute, a 32-bit decimal number. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF, representing 32 attributes (bits), where the value of an attribute mask is 0 or 1.
class-type `type`	(Optional) Requests the class-type of the tunnel bandwidth. Range is 0 to 1.

Command Default

affinity-value : 0X00000000

mask-value : 0XFFFFFFFF

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The new affinity scheme (based on names) is not supported for loose-hop expansion. New configuration does not affect the already up tunnels.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure affinity 0x55 with mask 0xFFFFFFFF:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# path-selection loose-expansion affinity 55 mask FFFFFFFF

path-selection loose-expansion metric (MPLS-TE)

To configure a metric type to be used to expand a path to the next loose hop for a tunnel on an area border router, use the path-selection loose-expansion metric command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

path-selection loose-expansion metric {igp | te} [class-type type]

no path-selection loose-expansion metric {igp | te} [class-type type]

Syntax Description


igp	Configures an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) metric.
te	Configures a TE metric. This is the default.
class-type `type`	(Optional) Requests the class type of the tunnel bandwidth. Range is 0 to 1.

Command Default

The default is TE metric.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

New configurations do not affect tunnels that are already up.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the path-selection metric to use the IGP metric overwriting default:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# path-selection loose-expansion metric igp

path-selection metric (interface)

To configure an MPLS-TE tunnel path-selection metric type, use the path-selection metric command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

path-selection metric { delay | igp | te }

no path-selection metric

Syntax Description


igp	Configures Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) metrics.
te	Configures TE metrics. This is the default.
delay	Configures delay metrics.

Command Default

The default is TE metrics.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The metric type to be used for path calculation for a given tunnel is determined as follows:

If the path-selection metric command was entered to either a metric type for the tunnel or only a metric type, use that metric type.
Otherwise, use the default (TE) metric.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the path-selection metric to use the IGP metric overwriting default:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# path-selection metric igp

path-selection metric (MPLS-TE)

To specify the MPLS-TE tunnel path-selection metric, use the path-selection metric command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

path-selection metric { delay | igp | te }

no path-selection metric

Syntax Description


igp	Configures an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) metric.
te	Configures a TE metric.
delay	Configures the delay metric.

Command Default

The default is TE metric.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The metric type to be used for path calculation for a given tunnel is determined as follows:

If the path-selection metric command was entered to specify a metric type for the tunnel, use that metric type.
Otherwise, use the default (TE) metric.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the path-selection metric to use the IGP metric overwriting default:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# path-selection metric igp

priority (MPLS-TE)

To configure the setup and reservation priority for an MPLS-TE tunnel, use the priority command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

priority setup-priority hold-priority

no priority setup-priority hold-priority

Syntax Description


`setup-priority`	Priority used when signaling a label switched path (LSP) for this tunnel to determine which existing tunnels can be preempted. Range is 0 to 7 (in which a lower number indicates a higher priority). Therefore, an LSP with a setup priority of 0 can preempt any LSP with a non-0 priority.
`hold-priority`	Priority associated with an LSP for this tunnel to determine if it should be preempted by other LSPs that are being signaled. Range is 0 to 7 (in which a lower number indicates a higher priority).

Command Default

setup-priority : 7

hold-priority : 7

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

When an LSP is signaled and an interface does not currently have enough bandwidth available for that LSP, the call admission software (if necessary) preempts lower-priority LSPs to admit the new LSP. Accordingly, the new LSP priority is the setup priority and the existing LSP priority is the hold priority. The two priorities make it possible to signal an LSP with a low setup priority (so that the LSP does not preempt other LSPs on setup) and a high hold priority (so that the LSP is not preempted after it is established). Setup priority and hold priority are typically configured to be equal, and setup priority cannot be numerically smaller than the hold priority.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure a tunnel with a setup and hold priority of 1:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# priority 1 1

record-route

To record the route used by a tunnel, use the record-route command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

record-route

no record-route

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You must configure record-route on TE tunnels that are protected by multiple backup tunnels merging at a single node.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable record-route on the TE tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# record-route

redelegation-timeout

To configure the time (in seconds) that a path computation client (PCC) must wait before re-delegating LSPs after a PCEP session with the active stateful PCE is disconnected, use the redelegation-timeout command in MPLS-TE pce configuration mode.

redelegation-timeout seconds

Syntax Description


`seconds`	Specifies redelegation timeout for LSPs after session failure in seconds. The range is from 0 to 3600.

Command Default

seconds: 180

Command Modes

MPLS-TE pce configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure the time (in seconds) that a PCC must wait before re-delegating LSPs:


RP/0/0/CPU0:ios#configure
RP/0/0/CPU0:ios(config)#mpls traffic-eng pce
RP/0/0/CPU0:ios(config-mpls-te-pce)#stateful-client timers redelegation-timeout 30

redirect default-route nexthop

To configure multi nexthop tracking on default-route on a VRF for IPv4 or IPv6 address family, use the redirect default-route nexthop command in policy-map class type configuration mode.

redirect {ipv4 | ipv6} default-route nexthop [vrf vrf-name] [v4 | v6] nexthop [vrf vrf-name] [v4 | v6] nexthop [vrf vrf-name] [v4 | v6]

Syntax Description


ipv4 \| ipv6	Specifies IPv4 or IPv6 address family.
vrf `vrf-name`	Specifies the VRF name for nexthop.
`v4`	Specifies IPv4 nexthop address in A.B.C.D format.
`v6`	Specifies IPv6 nexthop address in X:X::X%zone format.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Policy-map class type configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
qos	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure multi nexthop tracking on default-route on a VRF for IPv4:


RP/0/RSP0/CPU0:Router# config
RP/0/RSP0/CPU0:Router(config)# policy-map type pbr kmd
RP/0/RSP0/CPU0:Router(config-pmap)# class type traffic acl
RP/0/RSP0/CPU0:Router(config-pmap-c)# redirect ipv4 default-route nexthop vrf vpn1 3.2.1.2 nexthop vrf vpn2 3.2.3.2 nexthop vrf vpn3 3.2.4.2

redirect nexthop

To configure multi nexthop tracking on a VRF for IPv4 or IPv6 address family, use the redirect nexthop command in policy-map class type configuration mode.

redirect {ipv4 | ipv6} nexthop [vrf vrf-name] [v4 | v6] nexthop [vrf vrf-name] [v4 | v6] nexthop [vrf vrf-name] [v4 | v6]

Syntax Description


ipv4 \| ipv6	Specifies IPv4 or IPv6 address family.
vrf `vrf-name`	Specifies the VRF name for nexthop.
`v4`	Specifies IPv4 nexthop address in A.B.C.D format.
`v6`	Specifies IPv6 nexthop address in X:X::X%zone format.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Policy-map class type configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

A maximum number of three nexthops can be configured. The first nexthop configured has the highest priority as compared to the last nexthop, which has the least priority. The nexthops configured must be either IPv4 or IPv6. Either a VRF name or an IPv4/IPv6 address, or both can be configured for a given nexthop. When VRF is not configured, it is presumed to be ingress interface VRF.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
qos	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure multi nexthop tracking on a VRF for IPv4:


RP/0/RSP0/CPU0:Router# config
RP/0/RSP0/CPU0:Router(config)# policy-map type pbr kmd
RP/0/RSP0/CPU0:Router(config-pmap)# class type traffic acl
RP/0/RSP0/CPU0:Router(config-pmap-c)# redirect ipv4 nexthop vrf vpn1 3.2.1.2 nexthop vrf vpn2 3.2.3.2 nexthop vrf vpn3 3.2.4.2

reoptimize (MPLS-TE)

To force the reoptimization interval for all TE tunnels, use the reoptimize command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

reoptimize frequency

no reoptimize frequency

Syntax Description


`frequency`	Timer frequency range, in seconds. Range is from 0 to 604800. Note: A value of 0 disables periodic reoptimization. Any value in the range from 1 to 60 results in periodic reoptimization that occurs every 60 seconds.

Command Default

frequency : 3600

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to force the reoptimization interval to 60 seconds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# reoptimize 60

reoptimize timers delay (MPLS-TE)

To delay removal or relabeling of the old label switched paths (LSPs) (reoptimized LSP from the forwarding plane) after tunnel reoptimization, use the reoptimize timers delay command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To restore the default value, use the no form of this command.

reoptimize timers delay {after-frr seconds | cleanup delay-time | installation delay-time | path-protection seconds}

no reoptimize timers delay {after-frr seconds | cleanup delay-time | installation delay-time | path-protection seconds}

Syntax Description


after-frr	Delays the LSP reoptimization in the event of the FRR.
`seconds`	Reoptimization initiation delay time of the tunnel, in seconds, after an FRR event. Range is from 0 to 120.
cleanup	Delays removal of the old LSPs after tunnel reoptimization.
`delay-time`	Reoptimization delay time, in seconds. A value of 0 disables delay. The valid range is from 0 to 300 for cleanup time.
installation	Delays installation of a new label after tunnel reoptimization.
`delay-time`	Reoptimization delay time, in seconds. A value of 0 disables delay. The valid range is 0 to 3600 for installation time.
path-protection	Delays the time between path protection switchover event and tunnel reoptimization.
`seconds`	Time, in seconds, between path protection switchover event and tunnel reoptimization. A value of 0 disables delay. Range is from 0 to 604800.

Command Default

after-frr delay : 0

cleanup delay : 20

delay-time : 20

installation delay : 20

path-protection : 180

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

A device with Multiprotocol Label Switching traffic engineering (MPLS-TE) tunnels periodically examines tunnels with established LSPs to discover whether more efficient LSPs (paths) are available. If a better LSP is available, the device signals the more efficient LSP; if the signaling is successful, the device replaces the older LSP with the new, more efficient LSP.

Sometimes the slower router-point nodes may not yet utilize the new label’s forwarding plane. In this case, if the headend node replaces the labels quickly, it can result in brief packet loss. By delaying the cleanup of the old LSP using the reoptimize timers delay cleanup command, packet loss is avoided.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the reoptimization cleanup delay time to 1 minute:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# reoptimize timers delay cleanup 60

The following example shows how to set the reoptimization installation delay time to 40 seconds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# reoptimize timers delay installation 40

The following example shows how to set the reoptimization delay time after the event of the FRR to 50 seconds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# reoptimize timers delay after-frr 50

The following example shows how to set the reoptimization delay time between path protection switchover event and tunnel reoptimization to 80:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# reoptimize timers delay path-protection 80

route-priority

To enable users to adjust the route-priority given to TE labels into the data plane, compared to labels and route updates from other protocols, use the route-priority command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

route-priority role {middle | head {primary | backup}} queue queue

no route-priority role {middle | head {primary | backup}}

Syntax Description


role	Defines the role of the tunnel to which the label belongs.
middle	A tunnel mid-point.
head backup	A tunnel head which is assigned as a FRR backup to an interface.
head primary	All other tunnel heads.
`queue`	Defines the queue number. Range is from 0 to 12 inclusive; lower values represent higher priority queues.

Command Default

head backup: 9

head primary: 10

middle: 10

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use this command to change the priority given to TE labels when updates to the forwarding plane are made from the control plane.

The priority values used by other applications are:

0 - Unused
1 - Unused
2 - RIB/LDP (Critical)
3 - Unused
4 - Unused
5 - RIB/LDP (High)
6 - Unused
7 - Unused
8 - RIB/LDP (Medium)
9 - TE backup tunnel head
10 - Other TE tunnels
11 - Unused (future TE use)
12 - Unused (future TE use)

Caution

The default prioritization of label updates from the control plane to the forwarding plane has been carefully chosen to avoid traffic loss under both normal operation and high system load, and to balance the needs of the various features that employ label switching. Changing these defaults may cause unpredictable behavior including traffic loss, especially when the router is experiencing high load. Use of this command is not recommended without proper understanding of its effects and possible side-effects.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to enable route-priority:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# route-priority role middle queue 7

router-id secondary (MPLS-TE)

To configure a secondary TE router identifier in MPLS-TE to be used locally (not advertised through IGP), use the router-id secondary command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

router-id secondary IP address

no router-id secondary IP address

Syntax Description


`IP address`	IPv4 address to be used as secondary TE router ID.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the router-id secondary command on tail end nodes to terminate verbatim tunnels to secondary TE RIDs as destinations.

You can configure up to 32 IPv4 addresses as TE secondary router IDs.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure a secondary TE router identifier in MPLS-TE:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# router-id secondary 10.0.0.1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# router-id secondary 172.16.0.1

set encapsulation-type mpls-udp

To set MPLS over UDP encapsulation, use the set encapsulation-type mpls-udp command in route-policy interface submode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

set encapsulation-type mpls-udp

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Route-policy interface submode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.5.3	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Supported on routers with line cards based on Q200 Silicon.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set MPLS over UDP encapsulation:


Router(config)#prefix-set BGP-NH-1
Router(config-pfx)# 192.0.2.1/32 le 32,
Router(config-pfx)# 192.0.3.1/32 le 32,
Router(config-pfx)# 192.0.4.1/32 le 32,
Router(config-pfx)# 192.0.5.1/32 le 32
Router(config-pfx)#exit
Router(config)#commit

Router(config)#route-policy MPLSoUDP-Encap-1
Router(config-rpl)#if next-hop in BGP-NH-1 then
Router(config-rpl-if)#set encapsulation-type mpls-udp
Router(config-rpl-if)#else
Router(config-rpl-else)#pass
Router(config-rpl-else)#endif
Router(config-rpl)#end-policy
Router(config)#commit

show explicit-paths

To display the configured IP explicit paths, use the show explicit-paths command in XR EXEC mode.

show explicit-paths [name path-name | identifier number]

Syntax Description


name `path-name`	(Optional) Displays the name of the explicit path.
identifier `number`	(Optional) Displays the number of the explicit path. Range is 1 to 65535.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

An IP explicit path is a list of IP addresses that represent a node or link in the explicit path.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show explicit-paths command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show explicit-paths
  
  Path ToR2    status enabled 
          0x1: next-address 192.168.1.2 
          0x2: next-address 10.20.20.20 
  Path ToR3    status enabled 
          0x1: next-address 192.168.1.2
          0x2: next-address 192.168.2.2 
          0x3: next-address 10.30.30.30
  Path 100    status enabled 
          0x1: next-address 192.168.1.2 
          0x2: next-address 10.20.20.20 
  Path 200    status enabled
          0x1: next-address 192.168.1.2
          0x2: next-address 192.168.2.2 
          0x3: next-address 10.30.30.30

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 1. show explicit-paths Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Path	Pathname or number, followed by the path status.
1: next-address	First IP address in the path.
2: next-address	Second IP address in the path.

The following shows a sample output from the show explicit-paths command using a specific path name:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show explicit-paths name ToR3
  
  Path ToR3    status enabled 
          0x1:  next-address 192.168.1.2
          0x2:  next-address 192.168.2.2 
          0x3:  next-address 10.30.30.30

The following shows a sample output from the show explicit-paths command using a specific path number:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show explicit-paths identifier 200
  
  Path 200    status enabled
          0x1:  next-address 192.168.1.2
          0x2:  next-address 192.168.2.2 
          0x3:  next-address 10.30.30.30

show interfaces tunnel-te accounting

To display IPv4 and IPv6 statistics for MPLS traffic engineering (TE) tunnels, use the show interfaces tunnel-te accounting command in XR EXEC mode.

show interfaces tunnel-te tunnel-number accounting [location location-id | | rates]

Syntax Description


`tunnel-number`	Specifies TE tunnel number. Range is from 0 to 6553.
location `location-id`	Specifies fully qualified location of the TE tunnel.
rates	Displays interface accounting rates.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read

Examples

This example displays accounting information from tunnel-te interface 1 :


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show interface tunnel-te 1 accounting

tunnel-te1
  Protocol              Pkts In         Chars In     Pkts Out        Chars Out
  IPV4_UNICAST                0                0            5              520
  IPV6_UNICAST                0                0           15             1560

show mpls traffic-eng affinity-map

To display the color name-to-value mappings configured on the router, use the show mpls traffic-eng affinity-map command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng affinity-map

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If the affinity value of an affinity associated with an affinity constraint is unknown, the show mpls traffic-eng affinity-map command output displays: "(refers to undefined affinity name)"

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng affinity-map command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng affinity-map
  
  Affinity Name                            Bit-position     Affinity Value
    ----------------------------------   --------------   ----------------
     bcdefghabcdefghabcdefghabcdefgha                0                  1
                                 red1                1                  2
                                 red2                2                  4
                                 red3                3                  8
                                 red4                4                 10
                                 red5                5                 20
                                 red6                6                 40
                                 red7                7                 80
                                 red8                8                100
                                 red9                9                200
                                red10               10                400
                                red11               11                800
                                red12               12               1000
                                red13               13               2000
                                red14               14               4000
                                red15               15               8000
                                red16               16              10000
     cdefghabcdefghabcdefghabcdefghab               17              20000
                                red18               18              40000
                                red19               19              80000
                                red20               20             100000
                                red21               21             200000
                                red22               22             400000
                                red23               23             800000
                                red24               24            1000000
                                red25               25            2000000
                                red26               26            4000000
                                red27               27            8000000
                             orange28               28           10000000
                                red28               29           20000000
                                red30               30           40000000
     abcdefghabcdefghabcdefghabcdefgh               31           80000000

The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 2. show mpls traffic-eng affinity-map Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Affinity Name	Affinity name associated with the tunnel affinity constraints.
Bit-position	Bit position set in the 32-bit affinity value
Affinity Value	Affinity value associated with the affinity name.

show mpls traffic-eng attribute-set

To display the attribute set for MPLS-TE, use the show mpls traffic-eng attribute-set command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng attribute-set [auto-backup | auto-mesh | path-option | xro | [attribute-set-name] ]

Syntax Description


auto-backup	Displays information for the auto-backup attribute type.
auto-mesh	Displays information for the auto-mesh attribute type.
path-option	Displays information for the path-option attribute type.
xro	Displays information for the XRO attribute type.
`attribute-set-name`	Specifies the name of the attribute set to be displayed.

Command Default

Displays information about all types of attribute sets.

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

To use this command, first enable the MPLS-TE application.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following command shows the attribute set for auto-backup attribute type.

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng attribute-set auto-backup auto1

Attribute Set Name: auto1 (Type: auto-backup)
  Affinity: 0x0/0xffff  (Default)
  Priority: 7 7 (Default)
  Record-route: Enabled
  Policy-class: 0 (Not configured)
  Logging: None
  List of protected interfaces (count 0)
  List of tunnel IDs (count 0)

The following command shows the attribute set for auto-mesh attribute type.

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng attribute-set auto-mesh mesh1

Attribute Set Name: mesh1 (Type: auto-mesh)
  Bandwidth: 0 kbps (CT0) (Default)
  Affinity: 0x0/0xffff  (Default)
  Priority: 7 7 (Default)
  Interface Bandwidth: 0 kbps (Default)
  AutoRoute Announce: Disabled
  Auto-bw: Disabled
  Soft Preemption: Disabled
  Fast Reroute: Disabled, Protection Desired: None
  Record-route: Disabled
  Policy-class: 0 (Not configured)
  Logging: None
  List of Mesh Groups (count 0)

The following command shows the attribute set for path-option attribute type.

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng attribute-set path-option path1

Attribute Set Name: path1 (Type: path option)
  Bandwidth: 0 kbps (CT0) (Default)
  Affinity: 0x0/0xffff  (Default)
  List of tunnel IDs (count 0)

The following command shows the attribute set for xro.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng attribute-set xro

Attribute Set Name: foo (Type: XRO)
  Number of XRO constraints : 2
    LSP, best-effort, LSP-id used
      Specified by FEC: tunnel-id 55, LSP-id 88, ext. id 10.10.10.10
                        source 10.10.10.10, destination 20.20.20.20
    LSP, strict, LSP-id ignored
      Specified by FEC: tunnel-id 3, LSP-id 0, ext. id 10.0.0.1
                        source 10.0.0.1, destination 172.16.0.1

show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup

To display information about automatically build MPLS-TE backup tunnels, use the show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel {backup [private | summary | unused]}

Syntax Description


backup	Displays information about auto-tunnel backup.
private	(Optional) Displays private information about the automatically build MPLS-TE backup tunnels.
summary	(Optional) Displays the automatically build MPLS-TE backup tunnels summary information.
unused	(Optional) Displays only unused MPLS-TE backup tunnels.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read

Examples

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel backup command:


AutoTunnel Backup Configuration:
    Interfaces count: 4
    Unused removal timeout: 1h 0m 0s
    Configured tunnel number range: 2000-2500

AutoTunnel Backup Summary:
    AutoTunnel Backups:
             1 created, 1 up, 0 down, 0 unused
             1 NHOP, 0 NNHOP, 0 SRLG strict, 0 SRLG preferred
    Protected LSPs:
             1 NHOP, 0 NHOP+SRLG
             0 NNHOP, 0 NNHOP+SRLG
    Protected S2L Sharing Families:
             0 NHOP, 0 NHOP+SRLG
             0 NNHOP, 0 NNHOP+SRLG
    Protected S2Ls:
             0 NHOP, 0 NHOP+SRLG
             0 NNHOP, 0 NNHOP+SRLG

Cumulative Counters (last cleared 05:17:19 ago):
                        Total   NHOP  NNHOP
    Created:                1      1      0
    Connected:              1      1      0
    Removed (down):         0      0      0
    Removed (unused):       0      0      0
    Removed (in use):       0      0      0
    Range exceeded:         0      0      0

AutoTunnel Backups:
        Tunnel   State   Protection   Prot.       Protected   Protected
          Name              Offered  Flows*       Interface    Node
-------------- ------- ------------ ------- --------------- ---------------
 tunnel-te2000      up NHOP               1       Gi0/2/0/2     N/A

*Prot. Flows = Total Protected LSPs, S2Ls and S2L Sharing Families

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh command:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh

Auto-tunnel Mesh Global Configuration: 
  Unused removal timeout: 2h
  Configured tunnel number range: 10000-12000

Auto-tunnel Mesh Groups Summary:
  Mesh Groups count: 5
Mesh Groups Destinations count: 50

Mesh Group 40 (2 Destinations, 1 Up, 1 Down):
  Destination-list: dl-40
  Attribute-set: ta_name 
  Destination: 40.40.40.40, tunnel-id: 10000, State: Up
  Destination: 10.10.10.10, tunnel-id: 10001, State: Down
Mesh Group 41 (3 Destinations, 2 Up, 1 Down):
  Destination-list: dl-40
  Attribute-set: ta_name 
  Destination: 203.0.113.1, tunnel-id: 10005, State: Up
  Destination: 209.165.201.1, tunnel-id: 10006, State: Up
  Destination: 10.0.0.1, tunnel-id: 10007, State: Down
Mesh Group 51 (0 Destinations, 0 Up, 0 Down):
  Destination-list: Not configured
  Attribute-set: Not configured 
Mesh Group 52 (0 Destinations, 0 Up, 0 Down):
  Destination-list: NAME1 (Not defined)
  Attribute-set: NAME2 (Not defined)
Mesh Group 53 (2 Destinations, 1 Up, 1 Down):
  Destination-list: dl-53
  Attribute-set: Not configured 
  Destination: 40.40.40.40, tunnel-id: 10000, State: Up
  Destination: 10.10.10.10, tunnel-id: 10001, State: Down
 

Cumulative Counters (last cleared 7h ago):
                    Total     
  Created:            100
  Connected:           50  
  Removed (unused):    50 
  Removed (in use):     0 
  Range exceeded:       0

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel private command:


Auto-tunnel Mesh Private Information:
  ID allocator overall maximum ID: 4096
  ID allocator last allocated ID: 50999
  ID allocator number IDs allocated: 1000

show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh

To display information about automatically built MPLS-TE mesh tunnels, use the show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh {mesh-value | unused | summary | attribute-set name | destination address | destination-list name | down | up | tunnel {created | not-created} | | onehop}

Syntax Description


mesh `mesh-value`	Displays the tunnels that belong to the specified auto-tunnel mesh group. The range of mesh group ID is from 0 to 4294967295.
attribute-set `name`	Displays mesh-groups configured with a specific attribute set.
destination `address`	Displays only the destinations with a specified address.
destination-list `name`	Displays mesh-groups configured with a specified prefix-list.
down	Displays only those tunnels that are down.
up	Displays only those tunnels that are up.
summary	Displays auto-tunnel mesh summary information.
unused	Displays only the down tunnels with no destination in the topology.
tunnel created \| not-created	Specifies either created destinations with tunnels, or not-created destinations without tunnels.
onehop	Displays onehop enabled mesh groups.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
MPLS-TE	read

Examples

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh command:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh 

Auto-tunnel Mesh Global Configuration:
  Unused removal timeout: 1h 0m 0s
  Configured tunnel number range: 1000-1200

Auto-tunnel Mesh Groups Summary:
  Mesh Groups count: 1
  Mesh Groups Destinations count: 3
  Mesh Groups Tunnels count:
    3 created, 0 up, 3 down, 0 FRR enabled

Mesh Group: 65 (3 Destinations)
  Status: Enabled
  Attribute-set: am-65
  Destination-list: dl-65 (Not a prefix-list)
  Recreate timer: Not running
       Destination    Tunnel ID    State  Unused timer
  ----------------  -----------  -------  ------------
       192.168.0.2         1000     up   Not running
       192.168.0.3         1001     up   Not running
       192.168.0.4         1002     up   Not running
  Displayed 3 tunnels, 0 up, 3 down, 0 FRR enabled

Auto-mesh Cumulative Counters:
  Last cleared: Wed Nov  9 12:56:37 2011 (02:39:07 ago)
                      Total
  Created:                3
  Connected:              0
  Removed (unused):       0
  Removed (in use):       0
  Range exceeded:         0

This shows how to configure the auto-tunnel mesh command with destination-list and attribute-set keywords:



RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# auto-tunnel mesh
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-auto-mesh)# group 65
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-mesh-group)# disable
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-mesh-group)# destination-list dl-65
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-mesh-group)# attribute-set am-65

Note

This attribute-set is an optional configuration. Without this configuration, all tunnels use default tunnel attribute values. If you configure an non-existent attribute-set, this mesh group does not create any tunnel.

Note

This destination-list configuration is mandatory. If there is no IPv4 prefix-list by this name on the router, this mesh group create tunnels with all routers in the network.

This sample output displays information about one-hop tunnels:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls traffic-eng auto-tunnel mesh onehop

Auto-tunnel Mesh Onehop Groups Summary:
  Mesh Groups count: 1
  Mesh Groups Destinations count: 2
  Mesh Groups Tunnels count:
    2 created, 2 up, 0 down, 0 FRR enabled

Mesh Group: 25 (2 Destinations) Onehop
  Status: Enabled
  Attribute-set: Not configured
  Destination-list: dest_list (Not a prefix-list)
  Recreate timer: Not running
       Destination    Tunnel ID    State  Unused timer
  ----------------  -----------  -------  ------------
       10.10.10.2         3500       up   Not running
       11.11.11.2         3501       up   Not running
  Displayed 2 tunnels, 2 up, 0 down, 0 FRR enabled

Auto-mesh Onehop Cumulative Counters:
  Last cleared: Thu Sep 12 13:39:38 2013 (03:47:21 ago)
                      Total
  Created:                2
  Connected:              2
  Removed (unused):       0
  Removed (in use):       0
  Range exceeded:         0

show mpls traffic-eng autoroute

To display tunnels that are announced to the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), including information about next hop and destinations, use the show mpls traffic-eng autoroute command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng autoroute [name tunnel-name] [IP-address]

Syntax Description


`IP-address`	(Optional) Tunnel leading to this address.
name `tunnel-name`	Specifies a tunnel by name.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The traffic-engineering tunnels are taken into account for the enhanced shortest path first (SPF) calculation of the IGP. The show mpls traffic-eng autoroute command displays those tunnels that IGP is currently using in its enhanced SPF calculation (that is, those tunnels that are up and have autoroute configured).

Tunnels are organized by destination. All tunnels to a destination carry a share of the traffic tunneled to that destination.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng autoroute command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng autoroute
  
  Destination 103.0.0.3 has 2 tunnels in OSPF 0 area 0
  tunnel-te1 (traffic share 1, nexthop 103.0.0.3)
  tunnel-te2 (traffic share 1, nexthop 103.0.0.3)

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 3. show mpls traffic-eng autoroute Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Destination	Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) TE tail-end router ID.
traffic share	A factor, based on bandwidth, indicating how much traffic this tunnel should carry, relative to other tunnels, to the same destination. If two tunnels go to a single destination, one with a traffic share of 200 and the other with a traffic share of 100, the first tunnel carries two-thirds of the traffic.
Nexthop	Next-hop router ID of the MPLS-TE tunnel.
absolute metric	Metric with mode absolute for the MPLS-TE tunnel.
relative metric	Metric with mode relative for the MPLS-TE tunnel.

This sample output displays Signalled-Name information:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng autoroute
Destination 192.168.0.4 has 1 tunnels in OSPF ring area 0
    tunnel-te1 (traffic share 0, nexthop 192.168.0.4)
    Signalled-Name: rtrA_t1

This sample output displays IS-IS autoroute information:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls traffic-eng autoroute
Destination 192.168.0.1 has 1 tunnels in IS-IS ring level 1
    tunnel-te1 (traffic share 0, nexthop 192.168.0.1)
       (IS-IS ring level-1, IPV4 Unicast)
       (IS-IS ring level-1, IPV6 Unicast)

show mpls traffic-eng collaborator-timers

To display the current status of the MPLS-TE collaborator timers, use the show mpls traffic-eng collaborator-timers command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng collaborator-timers

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The MPLS-TE process maintains the timers for all of the collaborators such as RSVP, LSD, and so forth. The show mpls traffic-eng collaborator-timers command shows the status of these timers.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following sample output shows the current status of the collaborator timers:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng collaborator-timers
  
Collaborator Timers
-------------------
Timer Name: [LMRIB Restart] Index:[0]
    Duration: [60] Is running: NO
    Last start time:  02/09/2009 11:57:59
    Last stop time:   02/09/2009 11:58:00
    Last expiry time: Never expired
Timer Name: [LMRIB Recovery] Index:[1]
    Duration: [60] Is running: YES
    Last start time:  02/09/2009 11:58:00
    Last stop time:   Never Stopped
    Last expiry time: 19/08/2009 17:45:24
Timer Name: [RSVP Restart] Index:[2]
    Duration: [180] Is running: NO
    Last start time:  26/08/2009 18:59:18
    Last stop time:   26/08/2009 18:59:20
    Last expiry time: Never expired
Timer Name: [RSVP Recovery] Index:[3]
    Duration: [1800] Is running: NO
    Last start time:  26/08/2009 18:59:20
    Last stop time:   26/08/2009 19:03:19
    Last expiry time: 19/08/2009 18:12:39
Timer Name: [LSD Restart] Index:[4]
    Duration: [60] Is running: NO
    Last start time:  19/08/2009 17:44:26
    Last stop time:   19/08/2009 17:44:26
    Last expiry time: Never expired
Timer Name: [LSD Recovery] Index:[5]
    Duration: [600] Is running: NO
    Last start time:  19/08/2009 17:44:26
    Last stop time:   Never Stopped
    Last expiry time: 19/08/2009 17:53:44
Timer Name: [Clearing in progress BW for the whole topology] Index:[6]
    Duration: [60] Is running: YES
    Last start time:  02/09/2009 11:57:50
    Last stop time:   Never Stopped
    Last expiry time: 02/09/2009 11:57:50

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 4. show mpls traffic-eng collaborator-timers Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Timer Name	Timer name that is associated to a collaborator.
Index	Identification number of the timer.
Duration	Expiry delay of the timer, in seconds. For example, the duration indicates the timer interval.
Is running	Timer is running low or not.
Last start time	Last time that the collaborator process for MPLS LSD was restarted.
Last stop time	Time TE was able to reconnect to the MPLS LSD process.
Last expiry time	Time that timer expired.

show mpls traffic-eng counters bandwidth-accounting

To display bandwidth accounting statistics, use the show mpls traffic-eng counters bandwidth-accounting command in EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng counters bandwidth-accounting

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

EXEC

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Counters are global and for all interfaces combined.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following sample output shows the bandwidth accounting statistics:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng counters bandwidth-accounting
Bandwidth Accounting Statistics:
  Total number of bandwidth samples collected    : 388
  Total number of bandwidth applications         : 128
  Total number of invalid bandwidth samples      : 0
  Total number of skipped bandwidth applications : 0

show mpls traffic-eng counters signaling

To display tunnel signaling statistics, use the show mpls traffic-eng counters signaling command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng counters {signaling | soft-preemption} {tunnel -number | all | [heads | mids | tails] | name tunnel-name | summary}

Syntax Description


signaling	Displays signaling counters.
soft-preemption	Displays the statistics for the soft-preemption.
`tunnel-number`	Statistics for the input tunnel number. The range is from 0 to 65535.
all	Displays statistics for all tunnels.
heads	(Optional) Displays statistics for all tunnel heads.
mids	(Optional) Displays statistics for all tunnel midpoints.
tails	(Optional) Displays statistics for all tunnel tails.
name	Displays statistics for a specified tunnel.
`tunnel-name`	Name of the specified tunnel.
summary	Displays a summary of signaling statistics.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

This is a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng counters signaling command, using the all keyword, which displays tunnel signaling statistics for all tunnels:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng counters signaling all
             
  
  Tunnel Head: tunnel-te100
  Cumulative Tunnel Counters:
    Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit                          Recv     Xmit
       PathCreate             1        1      ResvCreate             1        0
       PathChange             0        0      ResvChange             0        0
       PathError              0        0      ResvError              0        0
       PathTear               0       18      ResvTear               0        0
       BackupAssign           0        1      BackupError            0        0
       PathQuery              0        0      Unknown                0        0
  
    Destination 100.0.0.4
    Cumulative counters
      Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit                          Recv     Xmit
         PathCreate             1        1      ResvCreate             1        0
         PathChange             0        0      ResvChange             0        0
         PathError              0        0      ResvError              0        0
         PathTear               0       18      ResvTear               0        0
         BackupAssign           0        1      BackupError            0        0
         PathQuery              0        0      Unknown                0        0
      S2L LSP ID: 2 Sub-Grp ID: 0 Destination: 100.0.0.4
        Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit                          Recv     Xmit
           PathCreate             1        1      ResvCreate             1        0
           PathChange             0        0      ResvChange             0        0
           PathError              0        0      ResvError              0        0
           PathTear               0        0      ResvTear               0        0
           BackupAssign           0        1      BackupError            0        0
           PathQuery              0        0      Unknown                0        0
    
  Signaling Counter Summary:
    Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit                          Recv     Xmit
       PathCreate            11        7      ResvCreate            11        4
       PathChange             0        0      ResvChange             0        0
       PathError              0        0      ResvError              0        0
       PathTear               0       38      ResvTear               0        0
       BackupAssign           0        3      BackupError            0        0
       PathQuery              0        0      Unknown                0        0

This is a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng counters signaling command using the tunnel number argument, which displays statistics for the input tunnel number:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng counters signaling 200
            
Tunnel Head: tunnel-te200
Cumulative Tunnel Counters:
  Signalling Events  Recv     Xmit                    Recv     Xmit
     PathCreate        4       4      ResvCreate        4       0
     PathChange        0       0      ResvChange        0       0
     PathError         0       0      ResvError         0       0
     PathTear          0       1      ResvTear          0       0
     BackupAssign      0       4      BackupError       0       0
     PathQuery         0       0      Unknown           0       0
 
  Destination 192.168.0.1
  Cumulative counters
    Signalling Events Recv     Xmit                    Recv    Xmit
       PathCreate      4        4      ResvCreate       4       0
       PathChange      0        0      ResvChange       0       0
       PathError       0        0      ResvError        0       0
       PathTear        0        1      ResvTear         0       0
       BackupAssign    0        4      BackupError      0       0
       PathQuery       0        0      Unknown          0       0
  S2L LSP ID: 3 Sub-Grp ID: 0 Destination: 192.168.0.1
    Signalling Events Recv     Xmit                    Recv    Xmit
       PathCreate       3       3      ResvCreate       3       0
       PathChange       0       0      ResvChange       0       0
       PathError        0       0      ResvError        0       0
       PathTear         0       0      ResvTear         0       0
       BackupAssign     0       3      BackupError      0       0
       PathQuery        0       0      Unknown          0       0

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 5. show mpls traffic-eng counters signaling Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Tunnel Head	Tunnel head identifier.
Match Resv Create	Number of RSVP Reservation create messages received.
Sender Create	Number of Sender Create messages sent by TE to RSVP.
Path Error	Number of RSVP Path Error messages received.
Match Resv Change	Number of RSVP Reservation change messages received.
Sender Modify	Number of Sender Modify messages sent by TE to RSVP.
Path Change	Number of RSVP Path Change messages received.
Match Resv Delete	Number of RSVP Reservation delete messages received.
Sender Delete	Number of Sender Delete messages sent by TE to RSVP.
Path Delete	Number of RSVP Path Delete messages received.
Total	Total signaling messages received from RSVP.
Unknown	Unknown messages include fast reroute events and internal messages related to process restart.

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng counters soft-preemption command, which displays statistics for the soft preempted LSPs:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:routershow mpls traffic-eng counters soft-preemption

Soft Preemption Global Counters:
 Last Cleared: Never
 Preemption Node Stats:
   Number of soft preemption events: 1
   Number of soft preempted LSPs: 1
   Number of soft preempted LSPs that timed out: 0
   Number of soft preempted LSPs that were torn down: 0
   Number of soft preempted LSPs that were fast rerouted: 0
   Minimum Time in Soft Preemption Pending State (sec): 0
   Maximum Time in Soft Preemption Pending State (sec): 0
   Average Time in Soft Preemption Pending State (sec): 0
 Headend Stats:
   Number of soft preempted LSPs: 1
   Number of reoptimized soft preempted headend-LSPs: 0
   Number of path protected switchover soft preempted headend-LSPs: 0
   Number of torn down soft preempted headend-LSPs: 0

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng counters signaling all command that displays the Signalled-Name information:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls traffic-eng counters signaling all
Tunnel Head: tunnel-te1
Signalled-Name: rtrA_t1 
Cumulative Tunnel Counters:
  Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit  Signalling Events      Recv     Xmit
     PathCreate             2        2     ResvCreate             2        0

show mpls traffic-eng ds-te te-class

To display the Diff-Serv TE-class map in use, use the show mpls traffic-eng ds-te te-class command in XR EXEC mode.

show show mpls traffic-eng ds-te te-class

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

TE-class is used only in IETF DS-TE mode.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng ds-te te-class command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng ds-te te-class
  
  te-class 0: class-type 0 priority 7 status default
  te-class 1: class-type 1 priority 7 status default
  te-class 2: unused
  te-class 3: unused
  te-class 4: class-type 0 priority 0 status default
  te-class 5: class-type 1 priority 0 status default
  te-class 6: unused
  te-class 7: unused

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 6. show mpls traffic-eng ds-te te-class Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
te-class	TE-class map, pair of class-type, and priority.
class-type	class-type of the tunnel.
status	Source of the TE-class map, either default or user configured.

show mpls traffic-eng forwarding

To display forwarding information on tunnels that were admitted locally, use the show mpls traffic-eng forwarding command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng forwarding [backup-name tunnel-name] [source source-address] [tunnel-id tunnel-id] [interface {in | inout | out} type interface-path-id] [ p2p] {p2p} [detail]

Syntax Description

backup-name tunnel-name

(Optional) Restricts tunnels with this backup tunnel name.

source source-address

(Optional) Restricts tunnels for this specified tunnel source IPv4 address.

tunnel-id tunnel-id

(Optional) Restricts tunnels for this tunnel identifier. Range for the tunnel-id argument is from 0 to 65535.

interface

(Optional) Displays information on the specified interface.

type

(Optional) Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or a virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

in

Displays information for the input interface.

inout

Displays information for either the input or output interface.

out

Displays information for the output interface.

p2p

(Optional) Displays only Point-to-Point (P2P) information.

detail

(Optional) Displays detailed forwarding information.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng forwarding command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng forwarding
 
Tue Sep 15 14:22:39.609 UTC P2P tunnels
 
Tunnel ID              Ingress IF                    Egress IF             In lbl   Out lbl  Backup tunnel
---------------------- ------------                  ------------          -------- -------- -------------
172.16.0.1 2_2            HundredGigE0/0/0/3            HundredGigE0/0/0/4    16004    16020    unknown
209.165.202.129 1_23           -                             HundredGigE0/0/0/3    16000    3        tt1300
209.165.202.129 1100_9         -                             HundredGigE0/0/0/3    16002    16001    unknown
209.165.202.129 1200_9         -            																	HundredGigE0/0/0/3    16001    16000    unknown
209.165.202.129 1300_2         -            																	HundredGigE0/0/0/4    16005    16021    unknown
209.165.202.129 1400_9         -            																	HundredGigE0/0/0/3    16003    16002    unknown

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 7. show mpls traffic-eng forwarding Field Descriptions
Field	Description
TUNNEL ID	Tunnel identification.
Ingress IF	Ingress interface of the tunnel.
Egress IF	Egress interface of the tunnel.
In lbl	Incoming label associated with the tunnel.
Out lbl	Outgoing label associated with the tunnel.
Backup tunnel	Fast Reroute backup tunnel

show mpls traffic-eng forwarding-adjacency

To display forwarding-adjacency information for an IPv4 address, use the show mpls traffic-eng forwarding-adjacency command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng forwarding-adjacency [IP-address]

Syntax Description


`IP-address`	(Optional) Destination IPv4 address for forwarding adjacency.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

This is a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng forwarding-adjacency command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng forwarding-adjacency
  
destination 192.168.0.1 has 1 tunnels
tunnel-te1    (traffic share 0, next-hop 192.168.0.1)
(Adjacency Announced: yes, holdtime 0)

This sample output displays information on IPv6 autoroute forwarding adjacency information for IS-IS IGP:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls traffic-eng forwarding-adjacency 

 destination 192.168.0.1 has 1 tunnels

              tunnel-te10    (traffic share 0, next-hop 192.168.0.1)
                             (Adjacency Announced: yes, holdtime 0)
                             (IS-IS 100, IPv4 unicast)
                             (IS-IS 100, IPv6 unicast)

show mpls traffic-eng igp-areas

To display MPLS-TE internal area storage, use the show mpls traffic-eng igp-areas command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng igp-areas [detail]

Syntax Description


detail	(Optional) Displays detailed information about the configured MPLS-TE igp-areas and communication statistics with IGPs.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng igp-areas command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng igp-areas
  
  MPLS-TE IGP Areas
  
  Global router-id:         10.144.144.144
  Global optical router-id: Not available
  
  IS-IS 100
  
      IGP ID:                      0000.0000.0044
      TE router ID configured:     10.144.144.144
                   in use:         10.144.144.144
      Link connection:             up
      Topology/tunnel connection:  up
  
      level 2
          TE index: 1
          IGP config for TE: complete
          Local links flooded in this IGP level: 1
          Flooding beacon sent and received
          P2P tunnel heads running over this IGP level: 1
              1 AA, 0 FA
        
          Tunnel loose-hops expanded over this IGP level: 0
            
  
  OSPF 100
  
      IGP ID:                      10.144.144.144
      TE router ID configured:     10.144.144.144
                   in use:         10.144.144.144
      Link connection:             up
      Topology/tunnel connection:  up
  
      area 0
          TE index: 0
          IGP config for TE: complete
          Local links flooded in this IGP area: 2
          Flooding beacon sent and received
          P2P tunnel heads running over this IGP area: 3
              1 AA, 0 FA
          Tunnel loose-hops expanded over this IGP area: 0

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng igp-areas command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng igp-areas

  MPLS-TE IGP Areas
  Global router-id:         0.0.0.0
  Global optical router-id: Not available
  OSPF 0
      IGP ID:                      101.0.0.1
      TE router ID configured:     101.0.0.1
                   in use:         101.0.0.1
      Link connection:             up
      Topology/tunnel connection:  up
      area 4
          TE index: 0
          IGP config for TE: complete
          Number of links in this IGP area: 1
          Number of tunnel heads running over this IGP area: 0
          Number of tunnel loose-hops expanded over this IGP area: 0
      area 3
          TE index: 1
          IGP config for TE: complete
          Number of links in this IGP area: 1
          Number of tunnel heads running over this IGP area: 0
          Number of tunnel loose-hops expanded over this IGP area: 0
      area 2
          TE index: 2
          IGP config for TE: complete
          Number of links in this IGP area: 1
          Number of tunnel heads running over this IGP area: 0
          Number of tunnel loose-hops expanded over this IGP area: 0
      area 1
          TE index: 3
          IGP config for TE: complete
          Number of links in this IGP area: 1
          Number of tunnel heads running over this IGP area: 0
          Number of tunnel loose-hops expanded over this IGP area: 0
      area 0
          TE index: 4
          IGP config for TE: complete
          Number of links in this IGP area: 2
          Number of tunnel heads running over this IGP area: 1
          Number of tunnel loose-hops expanded over this IGP area: 0

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 8. show mpls traffic-eng igp-areas Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Global router-id	Global router ID on this node.
IGP ID	IGP System ID.
area	IGP area.
TE index	Internal index in the IGP area table.
IGP config for TE	Whether the IGP configuration is complete or missing.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management admission-control

To display which tunnels were admitted locally and their parameters, use the show mpls traffic-eng link-management admission-control command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management admission-control [interface type interface-path-id]

Syntax Description

interface

(Optional) Displays information on the specified interface.

type

(Optional) Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management admission-control command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link-management admission-control
  
  S System Information:
        Tunnels Count     : 2
        Tunnels Selected  : 2
    Bandwidth descriptor legend:
      B0 = bw from pool 0, B1 = bw from pool 1, R = bw locked, H = bw held
   
  TUNNEL ID                UP IF      DOWN IF             PRI STATE         BW (kbits/sec) 
  ------------------------ ---------- ----------          --- ------------- ---------------
  10.10.10.10 1_34         -          HundredGigE0/0/0/3  7/7 Resv Admitted 100         RB0  
  10.10.10.10 15_2         -          HundredGigE0/0/0/3  7/7 Resv Admitted 0            B0

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 9. show mpls traffic-eng link-management admission-control Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Tunnels Count	Total number of tunnels admitted.
Tunnels Selected	Number of tunnels displayed.
Bandwidth descriptor legend	BW pool type and status displayed with the tunnel entry. Shown as RG (Locked BW in global pool) in the preceding sample output.
TUNNEL ID	Tunnel identification.
UP IF	Upstream interface used by the tunnel.
DOWN IF	Downstream interface used by the tunnel.
PRI	Tunnel setup priority and hold priority.
STATE	Tunnel admission status.
BW (kbps)	Tunnel bandwidth in kilobits per second. If an R follows the bandwidth number, the bandwidth is reserved. If an H follows the bandwidth number, the bandwidth is temporarily being held for a Path message. If a G follows the bandwidth number, the bandwidth is from the global pool. If an S follows the bandwidth number the bandwidth is from the sub-pool.

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management interface command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link-management interface HundredGigE 0/0/0/3
  
    System Information::
        Links Count         : 1
  
    Link ID:: HundredGigE 0/0/0/3 (35.0.0.5)
      Local Intf ID: 7
      Link Status:
  
        Link Label Type          : PSC (inactive)
        Physical BW                : 155520 kbits/sec
        BCID                            : RDM 
        Max Reservable BW    : 0 kbits/sec (reserved: 100% in, 100% out)
        BC0 (Res. Global BW): 0 kbits/sec (reserved: 100% in, 100% out)
        BC1 (Res. Sub BW)     : 0 kbits/sec (reserved: 100% in, 100% out)
        MPLS-TE Link State    : MPLS-TE on, RSVP on
        Inbound Admission      : allow-all
        Outbound Admission    : allow-if-room
        IGP Neighbor Count     : 0
        Max Res BW (RDM)    : 0 kbits/sec
        BC0 (RDM)                  : 0 kbits/sec
        BC1 (RDM)                  : 0 kbits/sec
        Max Res BW (MAM)   : 0 kbits/sec
        BC0 (MAM)                 : 0 kbits/sec
        BC1 (MAM)                 : 0 kbits/sec
        Admin Weight              : 1 (OSPF), 10 (ISIS)
        Attributes                    : 0x5 (name-based)
        Flooding Status: (1 area)
          IGP Area[1]: ospf 100 area 0, not flooded
                      (Reason: Interface has been administratively disabled)

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 10. show mpls traffic-eng link-management interface Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Links Count	Number of links configured for MPLS-TE.
Link ID	Index of the link described.
Local Intf ID	Local interface ID.
Link Label Type	Label type of the link, for instance: PSC¹, TDM², FSC³.
Physical BW	Link bandwidth capacity (in kilobits per second).
BCID	Bandwidth constraint model ID (RDM or MAM).
Max Reservable BW	Maximum reservable bandwidth on this link.
BC0 (Res. Global BW)	Bandwidth constraint value for class-type 0.
BC1 (Res. Sub BW)	Bandwidth constraint value for class-type 1.
MPLS-TE Link State	Status of the link MPLS-TE-related functions.
Inbound Admission	Link admission policy for incoming tunnels.
Outbound Admission	Link admission policy for outgoing tunnels.
IGP Neighbor Count	IGP neighbors directly reachable over this link.
Max Res BW (RDM)	Maximum reservable bandwidth on this link for RDM.
BC0 (RDM)	Bandwidth constraint value for RDM.
BC1 (RDM)	Bandwidth constraint value for RDM.
Admin Weight	Administrative weight associated with this link.
Attributes	Interface attributes referring to one or more affinity names.
IGP Area[1]	IGP type and area and level used for TE flooding.

¹ PSC = Packet switch capable.

² TDM = Time-division multiplexing.

³ FSC = Fiber switch capable.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management advertisements

To display local link information that MPLS-TE link management is currently flooding into the global TE topology, use the show mpls traffic-eng link-management advertisements command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management advertisements

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The show mpls traffic-eng link-management advertisements command has two output formats depending on the Diff-Serv TE Mode: one for prestandard mode and one for IETF mode.

The SRLG values are advertised for the link.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management advertisements command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link-management advertisements
            
Link ID:: 0 (GigabitEthernet0/2/0/1)
          Link IP Address      : 12.9.0.1
          O/G Intf ID          : 28
          Designated Router    : 12.9.0.2
          TE Metric            : 1
          IGP Metric           : 1
          Physical BW          : 1000000 kbits/sec
          BCID                 : RDM
          Max Reservable BW    : 10000 kbits/sec
          Res Global BW        : 10000 kbits/sec
          Res Sub BW           : 0 kbits/sec
          SRLGs                : 10, 20
  
          Downstream::
                               Global Pool   Sub Pool
                               -----------   -----------
            Reservable BW[0]:         10000             0  kbits/sec
            Reservable BW[1]:         10000             0  kbits/sec
            Reservable BW[2]:          9800             0  kbits/sec
            Reservable BW[3]:          9800             0  kbits/sec
            Reservable BW[4]:          9800             0  kbits/sec
            Reservable BW[5]:          9800             0  kbits/sec
            Reservable BW[6]:          9800             0  kbits/sec
            Reservable BW[7]:          9800             0  kbits/sec
  
          Attribute Flags: 0x00000004
          Attribute Names: red2 
  
        Link ID:: 1 (GigabitEthernet0/2/0/2)
            Link IP Address      : 14.9.0.1
            O/G Intf ID          : 29
            Designated Router    : 14.9.0.4
            TE Metric            : 1
            IGP Metric           : 1
            Physical BW          : 1000000 kbits/sec
            BCID                 : RDM
            Max Reservable BW    : 750000 kbits/sec
            Res Global BW        : 750000 kbits/sec
            Res Sub BW           : 0 kbits/sec
  
            Downstream::
                                  Global Pool   Sub Pool
                                  -----------   -----------
              Reservable BW[0]:        750000             0  kbits/sec
              Reservable BW[1]:        750000             0  kbits/sec
              Reservable BW[2]:        750000             0  kbits/sec
              Reservable BW[3]:        750000             0  kbits/sec
              Reservable BW[4]:        750000             0  kbits/sec
              Reservable BW[5]:        750000             0  kbits/sec
              Reservable BW[6]:        750000             0  kbits/sec
              Reservable BW[7]:        750000             0  kbits/sec
  
            Attribute Flags: 0x00000000
            Attribute Names:

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 11. show mpls traffic-eng link-management advertisements Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Link ID	Index of the link described.
Link IP Address	Local IP address of the link.
TE Metric	Metric value for the TE link configured under MPLS-TE.
IGP Metric	Metric value for the TE link configured under IGP.
Physical BW	Link bandwidth capacity (in kilobits per second).
BCID	Bandwidth constraint model ID (RDM or MAM).
Max Reservable BW	Maximum reservable bandwidth on this link.
Res Global BW	Maximum reservable of global pool/BC0 bandwidth on this link.
Res Sub BW	Reservable sub-bandwidth for sub-pool /BC1 bandwidth on this link.
SRLGs⁴	Links that share a common fiber or a common physical attribute. If one link fails, other links in the group may also fail. Links in the group have a shared risk.
Downstream	Direction of the LSP path message.
Reservable BW[x]	Bandwidth available for reservations in the global TE topology and subpools.
Attribute Flags	Link attribute flags being flooded.
Attribute Names	Name of the affinity attribute of a link.
BC0	Bandwidth constraint value for class-type 0
BC1	Bandwidth constraint value for class-type 1
TE-class [index]	TE-class configured on this router at given index (mapping of class-type and priority), shows available bandwidth in that class.

⁴ SRLGs = Shared Risk Link Groups.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management bandwidth-allocation

To display current local link information, use the show mpls traffic-eng link-management bandwidth-allocation command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management bandwidth-allocation [interface type interface-path-id]

Syntax Description

interface

(Optional) Displays information on the specified interface.

type

(Optional) Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or a virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Advertised and current information may differ depending on how flooding is configured.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management bandwidth-allocation command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link bandwidth-allocation interface HundredGigE 0/0/0/3 
  
System Information::
        Links Count         : 4
        Bandwidth Hold time : 15 seconds
  
    Link ID: HundredGigE0/0/0/3 (7.2.2.1)
      Local Intf ID: 4
      Link Status:
        Link Label Type     : PSC 
        Physical BW         : 155520 kbits/sec
        BCID                : MAM 
        Max Reservable BW   : 1000 kbits/sec (reserved: 0% in, 0% out)
        BC0                 : 600 kbits/sec (reserved: 2% in, 2% out)
        BC1                 : 400 kbits/sec (reserved: 0% in, 0% out)
        MPLS-TE Link State  : MPLS-TE on, RSVP on, admin-up, flooded
        Inbound Admission   : allow-all
        Outbound Admission  : allow-if-room
        IGP Neighbor Count  : 2
        BW Descriptors      : 1 (including 0 BC1 descriptors)
        Admin Weight        : 1 (OSPF), 10 (ISIS)
  Up Thresholds       : 15 30 45 60 75 80 85 90 95 96 97 98 99 100 (default)
  Down Thresholds     : 100 99 98 97 96 95 90 85 80 75 60 45 30 15 (default)
  
        Bandwidth Information::
  
          Downstream BC0 (kbits/sec):
  
          KEEP PRIORITY BW HELD    BW TOTAL HELD BW LOCKED  BW TOTAL LOCKED
          ------------- ---------- ------------- ---------- ---------------
                      0          0             0          0               0
                      1          0             0          0               0
                      2          0             0          0               0
                      3          0             0          0               0
                      4          0             0          0               0
                      5          0             0          0               0
                      6          0             0          0               0
                      7          0             0         10              10
  
          Downstream BC1 (kbits/sec):
  
          KEEP PRIORITY BW HELD    BW TOTAL HELD BW LOCKED  BW TOTAL LOCKED
          ------------- ---------- ------------- ---------- ---------------
                      0          0             0          0               0
                      1          0             0          0               0
                      2          0             0          0               0
                      3          0             0          0               0
                      4          0             0          0               0
                      5          0             0          0               0
                      6          0             0          0               0

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 12. show mpls traffic-eng link-management bandwidth-allocation Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Links Count	Number of links configured for MPLS-TE.
Bandwidth Hold Time	Time, in seconds, that bandwidth can be held.
Link ID	Interface name and IP address of the link.
Link Label type	Label type of the link, for example: PSC⁵ TDM⁶ FSC⁷
Physical BW	Link bandwidth capacity (in bits per second).
BCID	Bandwidth constraint model ID (RDM or MAM).
Max Reservable BW	Maximum reservable bandwidth on this link.
BC0	Maximum RSVP bandwidth in BC0.
BC1	Maximum RSVP bandwidth in BC1.
BW Descriptors	Number of bandwidth allocations on this link.
MPLS-TE Link State	Status of the link MPLS-TE-related functions.
Inbound Admission	Link admission policy for incoming tunnels.
Outbound Admission	Link admission policy for outgoing tunnels.
IGP Neighbor Count	IGP neighbors directly reachable over this link.
BW Descriptors	Internal bandwidth descriptors created when tunnels are admitted.
Admin Weight	Administrative weight associated with this link.
Up Thresholds	Threshold values used to determine link advertisement when available bandwidth increases.
Down Thresholds	Threshold values used to determine link advertisement when available bandwidth decreases.

⁵ PSC = Packet switch capable.

⁶ TDM = Time-division multiplexing.

⁷ FSC = Fiber switch capable.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management igp-neighbors

To display Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) neighbors, use the show mpls traffic-eng link-management igp-neighbors command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management igp-neighbors [igp-id {isis isis-address | ospf ospf-id} [interface type interface-path-id | IP-address]]

Syntax Description

igp-id

(Optional) Displays the IGP neighbors that are using a specified IGP identification.

isis isis-address

Displays the specified Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) neighbor system ID when neighbors are displayed by IGP ID.

ospf ospf-id

Displays the specified Open Shortest Path first (OSPF) neighbor OSPF router ID when neighbors are displayed by IGP ID.

interface

(Optional) Displays information on the specified interface.

type

Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or a virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

IP-address

(Optional) IGP neighbors that are using a specified IGP IP address.

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management igp-neighbors command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link igp-neighbors
  
    Link ID: HundredGigE0/0/0/3
      No Neighbors
  
    Link ID: HundredGigE0/0/0/4
      Neighbor ID: 10.90.90.90 (area: ospf   area 0, IP: 10.15.12.2)

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 13. show mpls traffic-eng link-management igp-neighbors Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Link ID	Link by which the neighbor is reached.
Neighbor ID	IGP identification information for the neighbor.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management interfaces

To display interface resources, or a summary of link management information, use the show mpls traffic-eng link-management interfaces command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management interfaces [type interface-path-id]

Syntax Description

type

(Optional) Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or a virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You cannot configure more than 250 links under MPLS-TE.

SRLG values can be configured for the link.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following sample output is from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management interfaces command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link-management interfaces HundredGigE 0/0/0/3

  System Information::
        Links Count         : 7 (Maximum Links Supported 250)
  
    Link ID:: HundredGigE0/0/0/3 (12.9.0.1)
      Local Intf ID: 28
      Link Status:
  
        Link Label Type     : PSC
        Physical BW         : 1000000 kbits/sec
        BCID                : RDM
        Max Reservable BW   : 10000 kbits/sec (reserved: 2% in, 2% out)
        BC0 (Res. Global BW): 10000 kbits/sec (reserved: 2% in, 2% out)
        BC1 (Res. Sub BW)   : 0 kbits/sec (reserved: 100% in, 100% out)
        MPLS TE Link State  : MPLS TE on, RSVP on, admin-up
        Inbound Admission   : reject-huge
        Outbound Admission  : allow-if-room
        IGP Neighbor Count  : 1
        Max Res BW (RDM)    : 10000 kbits/sec
        BC0 (RDM)           : 10000 kbits/sec
        BC1 (RDM)           : 0 kbits/sec
        Max Res BW (MAM)    : 0 kbits/sec
        BC0 (MAM)           : 0 kbits/sec
        BC1 (MAM)           : 0 kbits/sec
        Attributes          : 0x4
        Attribute Names     : red2 
        Flooding Status: (1 area)
          IGP Area[1]: OSPF 100 area 0, flooded
            Nbr: ID 12.9.0.2, IP 0.0.0.0 (Up)
            Admin weight: not set (TE), 1 (IGP)

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 14. show mpls traffic-eng link-management interfaces Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Links Count	Number of links configured for MPLS-TE. Maximum number of links supported is 100.
Link ID	Link identification index.
Link Label Type	Label type assigned to the link.
Physical Bandwidth	Link bandwidth capacity (in kilobits per second).
BCID	Bandwidth constraint model ID (RDM or MAM).
Max Reservable BW	Maximum reservable bandwidth on this link.
BC0	Reservable bandwidth (in kbps) on this link in BC0.
BC1	Reservable bandwidth (in kbps) on this link in BC1.
Attributes	TE link attribute in hexadecimal.
Attribute Names	Name of the affinity attribute of a link.
SRLGs⁸.	Links that share a common fiber or a common physical attribute. If one link fails, other links in the group may also fail. Links in the group have a shared risk.
MPLS-TE Link State	Status of the MPLS link.
Inbound Admission	Link admission policy for inbound tunnels.
Outbound Admission	Link admission policy for outbound tunnels.
IGP Neighbor Count	IGP⁹ neighbors directly reachable over this link.
Admin. Weight	Administrative weight associated with this link.
Flooding Status	Status for each configured area or Flooding status for the configured area.
IGP Area	IGP type and area and level used for TE flooding.

⁸ SRLGs = Shared Risk Link Groups.

⁹ IGP = Interior Gateway Protocol .

show mpls traffic-eng link-management soft-preemption

To display information about soft-preemption activity on a MPLS TE link, use the show mpls traffic-eng link-management soft-preemption command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management soft-preemption [interfacetype interface-path-id]

Syntax Description

interface

Displays information on the specified interface.

type

Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or a virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced .

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management soft-preemption command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link-management soft-preemption interface HundredGigE0/0/0/3

Name: HundredGigE0/0/0/3; IPv4 Address: 10.2.1.10
Total Soft Preempted Bandwidth (BC0/BC1) kbps: 1500/1000
Currently Soft Preempted Bandwidth (BC0/BC1) kbps: 1200/800
Released Soft Preempted Bandwidth (BC0/BC1) kbps: 300/200
Currently Over-subscribed Bandwidth (BC0/BC1) kbps: 1000/600
Currently Soft Preempted Tunnels: 5 tunnels
 TunID  LSPID          Source     Destination   Pri         BW   Class  Time
                                                S/H       Kbps    Type   out
------ ------ --------------- --------------- ----- ---------- -------- ----
    50     10        10.4.4.40        10.1.1.10   2/2        400      BC0  100
    51     11        10.4.4.40        10.1.1.10   2/2        600      BC0  100
    52     12        10.4.4.40        10.1.1.10   3/3        200      BC0   80
    53     11        10.4.4.40        10.1.1.10   3/3        500      BC1   90
    54     12        10.4.4.40        10.1.1.10   4/4        300      BC1   90

show mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics

To display interface resources or a summary of link management information, use the show mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics [summary | interface type interface-path-id]

Syntax Description

summary

(Optional) Displays the statistics summary.

interface

(Optional) Displays the interface for which information is requested.

type

(Optional) Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The show mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics command displays resource and configuration information for all configured interfaces.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics command using the summary keyword:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics summary
  
    LSP Admission Statistics:
  
           Setup    Setup    Setup    Setup    Tear     Tear     Tear    
           Requests Admits   Rejects  Errors   Requests Preempts Errors  
           -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
      Path       13       12        1        0       10        0        0
      Resv        8        8        0        0        5        0        0

The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 15. show mpls traffic-eng link-management statistics summary Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Path	Path information.
Resv	Reservation information.
Setup Requests	Number of requests for a setup.
Setup Admits	Number of admitted setups.
Setup Rejects	Number of rejected setups.
Setup Errors	Number of setup errors.
Tear Requests	Number of tear requests.
Tear Preempts	Number of paths torn down due to preemption.
Tear Errors	Number of tear errors.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management summary

To display a summary of link management information, use the show mpls traffic-eng link-management summary command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng link-management summary

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You cannot configure more than 250 links for MPLS-TE/FRR.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following sample output is from the show mpls traffic-eng link-management summary command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng link-management summary
  
  System Information::
        Links Count         : 6 (Maximum Links Supported 100)
        Flooding System     : enabled
        IGP Areas Count     : 2
   
    IGP Areas 
    ----------
   
    IGP Area[1]:: isis   level-2
        Flooding Protocol   : ISIS
        Flooding Status     : flooded
        Periodic Flooding   : enabled (every 180 seconds)
        Flooded Links       : 4
        IGP System ID       : 0000.0000.0002.00
        MPLS-TE Router ID   : 20.20.20.20
        IGP Neighbors       : 8
   
    IGP Area[2]:: ospf   area 0
        Flooding Protocol   : OSPF
        Flooding Status     : flooded
        Periodic Flooding   : enabled (every 180 seconds)
        Flooded Links       : 4
        IGP System ID       : 20.20.20.20
        MPLS-TE Router ID   : 20.20.20.20
        IGP Neighbors       : 8

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 16. show mpls traffic-eng link-management summary Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Links Count	Number of links configured for MPLS-TE. Maximum number of links supported is 100.
Flooding System	Enable status of the MPLS-TE flooding system.
IGP Areas Count	Number of IGP¹⁰ areas described.
IGP Area	IGP type and area and level used for TE flooding.
Flooding Protocol	IGP flooding information for this area.
Flooding Status	Status of flooding for this area.
Periodic Flooding	Status of periodic flooding for this area.
Flooded Links	Links that were flooded.
IGP System ID	IGP for the node associated with this area.
MPLS-TE Router ID	MPLS-TE router ID for this node.
IGP Neighbors	Number of reachable IGP neighbors associated with this area.

¹⁰ IGP = Interior Gateway Protocol.

show mpls traffic-eng maximum tunnels

To display the maximum number of MPLS-TE tunnels that you can configure, use the show mpls traffic-eng maximum tunnels command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng maximum tunnels

Syntax Description

This command has no keywords or arguments.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng maximum tunnels command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng maximum tunnels
  
Maximum Global Tunnel Count:
 
Maximum              Current Count
--------------     ---------------------
  4096            2
 

Maximum Global Destination Count:
 
Maximum             Current Count
--------------     --------------------
 4096            2

Maximum AutoTunnel Backup Count:

Maximum               Current Count
--------------     --------------------
   200                   122

This is sample output of the automatic mesh tunnels from the show mpls traffic-eng maximum tunnels command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng maximum tunnels 
  
Maximum Global Tunnel Count:

Maximum     Current Count
-------     -------------
 4096           12

Maximum Static Tunnel Count:

Maximum     Current Count
-------     -------------
 4096            8

Maximum Auto-tunnel Mesh Count:

Maximum     Current Count
-------     -------------
  201            3


Maximum Global Destination Count:

Maximum     Current Count
-------     -------------
 4096           13

Maximum GMPLS-UNI Tunnel Count:

Maximum     Current Count
-------     -------------
 500          39

The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 17. show mpls traffic-eng maximum tunnels Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Maximum Global Tunnel Count	Maximum number of tunnel interfaces (all TE tunnel types, tunnel-te, tunnel-mte, and tunnel-gte) that can be configured.
Maximum Global Tunnel Count	Maximum number of tunnel interfaces (all TE tunnel types and tunnel-te) that can be configured.
Maximum Global Destination Count	Maximum number of tunnel destinations that can be configured.
Maximum	Table heading for the maximum number in each category.
Current Count	Table heading for the current count in each category.
Maximum AutoTunnel Backup Count	Maximum number of automatic backup tunnels that can be configured.
Maximum GMPLS UNI Tunnel Count	Maximum number of Generalized Multiprotocol Label Switching (GMPLS) User-Network Interface (UNI) tunnels that can be configured and the current tunnel count.
Maximum AutoTunnel Mesh Count	Maximum number of automatic mesh tunnels that can be configured.

show mpls traffic-eng preemption log

To display the log of preemption events, use the show mpls traffic-eng preemption log command in XR EXEC mode mode.

show mpls traffic-eng preemption log

Syntax Description


log	Displays a log of preemption events.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read

Examples

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng preemption log command displaying the log of preemption events:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng preemption log
  Bandwidth Change on GigabitEthernet0/0/0/0 
    Old BW (BC0/BC1): 200000/100000, New BW (BC0/BC1): 1000/500 kbps
    BW Overshoot (BC0/BC1): 1000/0 kbps
    Preempted BW (BC0/BC1): 35000/0 kbps; Soft 30000/0 kbps; Hard 5000/0 kbps;
    Preempted 2 tunnels; Soft 1 tunnel; Hard 1 tunnel
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TunID LSP ID          Source     Destination Preempt  Pri  Bandwidth  BW Type
                                                 Type  S/H  (in kbps)
------ ------ --------------- --------------- ------- ---- ---------- --------
     1  10002     192.168.0.1         1.0.0.0    Hard  7/7       5000      BC0
     1      2     192.168.0.1     192.168.0.4    Soft  7/7      30000      BC0

This sample output displays the log of soft-preemption over FRR backup tunnels events:



RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls traffic-eng preemption log
Thu Apr 25 13:12:04.863 EDT
  Bandwidth Change on GigabitEthernet0/0/0/1 at 04/25/2013 12:56:14
    Old BW (BC0/BC1): 200000/100000, New BW (BC0/BC1): 100000/0 kbps
    BW Overshoot (BC0/BC1): 30000/0 kbps
    Preempted BW (BC0/BC1): 130000/0 kbps; Soft 60000/0 kbps; Hard 0/0 kbps; FRRSoft 70000/0 
    Preempted 2 tunnel, 2 LSP; Soft 1 tunnel, 1 LSP; Hard 0 tunnels, 0 LSPs; FRRSoft 1 tunnel, 1 LSP
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TunID LSP ID          Source     Destination Preempt  Pri  Bandwidth  BW Type
                                                 Type  S/H  (in kbps)
------ ------ --------------- --------------- ------- ---- ---------- --------
     1     13     192.168.0.1     192.168.0.3 FRRSoft  7/7      70000      BC0
     2     22     192.168.0.1     192.168.0.3 Soft     7/7      60000      BC0

show mpls traffic-eng self-ping statistics

To display various self-ping counters collected over time, use the show mpls traffic-eng self-ping statistics command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng self-ping statistics

Syntax Description

This command has no keywords or arguments.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.5.3	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng self-ping statistics :


Router# show mpls traffic-eng self-ping statistics
Self-Ping Statistics:
  Collected since: Tue Jun 14 09:35:52 2022 (1d04h ago)
  Operations:
    Started 2
    Running 0
    Successful 1
    Timed-out 1
    Terminated 0
  Probes sent 11
  Probes failed 0
  Received responses 1 (Average response time 00:00:00)
  Mismatched responses 0

The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 18. show mpls traffic-eng self-ping statistics Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Started	Number of self-ping operations initiated.
Running	Number of active self-ping sessions (for tunnels under reoptimization) at the moment.
Successful	Number of successful (response received) self-ping operations.
Timed-out	Number of timed-out (response not received) self-ping operations.
Terminated	Number of terminated (intentionally stopped) self-ping operations.
Probes sent	Number of self-ping probe packets.
Probes failed	Number of errors occurred in sending self-ping probes. It is possible in OOR case or when packet sending layer experiences some trouble.
Received responses	Number of response probes received and the average time required to receive a probe since self-ping operation started.
Mismatched responses	Number of self-ping responses which cannot be matched to active self-ping session. It can happen in slower networks when LER send multiple probes out before first response received. First response stops self-ping for tunnel, but additional responses may come later. Those packets do not match active session anymore.

show mpls traffic-eng topology

To display the current MPLS-TE network topology for the node, use the show mpls traffic-eng topology command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng topology [IP-address] [affinity] [brief] [exclude-srlg exclude-srlg-interface-address| explicit-path {identifier explicit-path-id-number | name explicit-path-name}| priority level] [isis nsap-address | ospf ospf-address | [path { destination IP-address | tunnel P2P-tunnel-number }] | {router | network}] [model-type {rdm | mam}] [srlg] [static]

Syntax Description


`IP-address`	(Optional) Node IP address (router identifier to interface address).
destination `IP-address`	Displays the LSP destination IPv4 address.
exclude-srlg	Specifies an IP address to get SRLG values from for exclusion.
explicit-path	Displays the explicit LSP path.
tunnel	Displays the topology path that is based on the Point-to-Point (P2P) tunnel number.
`P2P -tunnel-number`	P2P tunnel number. Range is 0 to 65535.
affinity	(Optional) Displays the attribute values that are required for links carrying this tunnel. A 32-bit decimal number. Range is 0x0 to 0xFFFFFFFF, representing 32 attributes (bits), where the value of an attribute is 0 or 1.
priority `level`	(Optional) Displays the priority used when signaling a LSP for this tunnel, to determine which existing tunnels can be preempted.
isis `nsap-address`	(Optional) Displays the node router identification, if Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) is enabled.
ospf `ospf-address`	(Optional) Displays the node router identifier, if Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is enabled.
path	(Optional) Displays the path to a destination from this router.
router	Displays the given OSPF address type of the router node.
network	Displays the given OSPF address type of the network node.
brief	(Optional) Displays the brief form of the output that provides a less detailed version of the topology.
model-type { rdm \| mam }	(Optional) Displays the bandwidth constraints model type, RDM or MAM.
srlg	(Optional) Displays the SRLG information.
static	(Optional) Displays the staticically configured SRLG.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng topology command specifying the tunnel number in brief form:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology path tunnel 160
		
		Tunnel160 Path Setup to 10.10.10.10: FULL_PATH
		bw 100 (CT0), min_bw 0, metric: 10
		setup_pri 7, hold_pri 7
		affinity_bits 0x0, affinity_mask 0xffff
		Hop0:10.2.2.1
		Hop1:10.10.10.10

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng topology command specifying the destination IP address:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology path destination 10.10.10.10
		
		Path Setup to 10.10.10.10:
		bw 0 (CT0), min_bw 999900, metric: 10
		setup_pri 7, hold_pri 7
		affinity_bits 0x0, affinity_mask 0xffffffff
		Hop0:10.2.2.1
		Hop1:10.10.10.10

The following sample output shows the MPLS-TE network topology with the name of the affinity attribute of the link:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology
		
		Link[1]:Point-to-Point, Nbr IGP Id:192.168.0.1, Nbr Node Id:9, gen:23
		      Frag Id:25, Intf Address:13.9.1.1, Intf Id:0
		      Nbr Intf Address:13.9.1.3, Nbr Intf Id:0
		      TE Metric:1, IGP Metric:1, Attribute Flags:0x0
		      Attribute Names: 
		      Switching Capability:, Encoding:
		      BC Model ID:RDM
		      Physical BW:155520 (kbps), Max Reservable BW Global:116640 (kbps)
		      Max Reservable BW Sub:0 (kbps)
		                                 Global Pool       Sub Pool
		               Total Allocated   Reservable        Reservable
		               BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)
		               ---------------   -----------       ----------
		        bw[0]:            0         116640                0
		        bw[1]:            0         116640                0
		        bw[2]:            0         116640                0
		        bw[3]:            0         116640                0
		        bw[4]:            0         116640                0
		        bw[5]:            0         116640                0
		        bw[6]:            0         116640                0
		        bw[7]:            0         116640                0
		
		  Link[2]:Broadcast, DR:12.9.0.2, Nbr Node Id:1, gen:23
		      Frag Id:28, Intf Address:12.9.0.1, Intf Id:0
		      Nbr Intf Address:0.0.0.0, Nbr Intf Id:0
		      TE Metric:1, IGP Metric:1, Attribute Flags:0x4
		      Attribute Names: red2 
		      Switching Capability:, Encoding:
		      BC Model ID:RDM
		      Physical BW:1000000 (kbps), Max Reservable BW Global:10000 (kbps)
		      Max Reservable BW Sub:0 (kbps)
		                                 Global Pool       Sub Pool
		               Total Allocated   Reservable        Reservable
		               BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)
		               ---------------   -----------       ----------
		        bw[0]:            0          10000                0
		        bw[1]:            0          10000                0
		        bw[2]:            0          10000                0
		        bw[3]:            0          10000                0
		        bw[4]:            0          10000                0
		        bw[5]:            0          10000                0
		        bw[6]:            0          10000                0
		        bw[7]:            0          10000                0

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng topology command in detail form in prestandard DS-TE mode:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology
		
		My_System_id: 0000.0000.0002.00 (isis   level-2)
		My_System_id: 20.20.20.20 (ospf   area 0)
		My_BC_Model_Type: RDM 
		
		Signalling error holddown: 10 sec Global Link Generation 36
		
		IGP Id: 0000.0000.0002.00, MPLS-TE Id: 20.20.20.20 Router Node  (isis   level-2)
		
		Link[0]:Point-to-Point, Nbr IGP Id:0000.0000.0003.00, Nbr Node Id:3, gen:36
		      Frag Id:0, Intf Address:7.3.3.1, Intf Id:0
		       Nbr Intf Address:7.3.3.2, Nbr Intf Id:0
		      TE Metric:10, IGP Metric:10, Attribute Flags:0x0
		      Switching Capability:SRLGs: 10, Encoding:20
		      Switching Capability:, Encoding:
		BC Model ID:RDM
		Physical BW:155520 (kbps), Max Reservable BW Global:100000 (kbps)
		      Max Reservable BW Sub:50000 (kbps)
		                                 Global Pool       Sub Pool
		               Total Allocated   Reservable        Reservable
		               BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)
		               ---------------   -----------       ----------
		        bw[0]:            0         100000            50000
		        bw[1]:            0         100000            50000
		        bw[2]:            0         100000            50000
		        bw[3]:            0         100000            50000
		        bw[4]:            0         100000            50000
		        bw[5]:            0         100000            50000
		        bw[6]:            0         100000            50000
		        bw[7]:            0         100000            50000

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng topology command in detail form in IETF DS-TE mode.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology
		
		My_System_id: 0000.0000.0001.00 (isis 1 level-2)
		My_System_id: 10.10.10.10 (ospf 100 area 0)
		My_BC_Model_Type: MAM 
		
		Signalling error holddown: 10 sec Global Link Generation 84
		
		IGP Id: 0000.0000.0001.00, MPLS-TE Id: 10.10.10.10 Router Node  (isis 1 level-2)
		
		Link[0]:Point-to-Point, Nbr IGP Id:0000.0000.0002.00, Nbr Node Id:6, gen:84
		      Frag Id:0, Intf Address:7.2.2.1, Intf Id:0
		       Nbr Intf Address:7.2.2.2, Nbr Intf Id:0
		      TE Metric:10, IGP Metric:10, Attribute Flags:0x0
		      TE Metric:SRLGs: 10, IGP Metric:10, Attribute Flags:0x020      
		      Switching Capability:, Encoding:
		BC Model ID:MAM
		      Physical BW:155520 (kbps), Max Reservable BW:1000 (kbps)
		      BC0:600 (kbps) BC1:400 (kbps)
		                     Total Allocated   Reservable
		                     BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)
		                     ---------------   -----------
		        TE-class[0]:           10            590
		        TE-class[1]:            0            400
		        TE-class[2]:            0              0
		        TE-class[3]:            0              0
		        TE-class[4]:            0            600
		        TE-class[5]:            0            400
		Link[1]:Point-to-Point, Nbr IGP Id:0000.0000.0002.00, Nbr Node Id:6, gen:84
		      Frag Id:0, Intf Address:7.1.1.1, Intf Id:0
		       Nbr Intf Address:7.1.1.2, Nbr Intf Id:0
		      TE Metric:10, IGP Metric:10, Attribute Flags:0x0
		      TE Metric:SRLGs: 10, IGP Metric:10, Attribute Flags:0x020
		      Switching Capability:, Encoding:
		      BC Model ID:MAM
		      Physical BW:155520 (kbps), Max Reservable BW:1000 (kbps) BC0:600 (kbps) BC1:400 (kbps)
		                     Total Allocated   Reservable
		                     BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)
		                     ---------------   -----------
		        TE-class[0]:           10            590
		        TE-class[1]:            0            400
		        TE-class[2]:            0              0
		        TE-class[3]:            0              0
		        TE-class[4]:            0            600
		        TE-class[5]:            0            400
		        TE-class[6]:            0              0
		        TE-class[7]:            0              0

The following shows a sample output for the show mpls traffic-eng topology command in brief form:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology 192.168.0.145 brief
		
		IGP Id: 0000.0000.0010.00, MPLS TE Id: 192.168.0.145 Router Node  (ISIS test level-1)
		  Link[0]:Point-to-Point, Nbr IGP Id:0000.0000.0234.00, Nbr Node Id:4, gen:5
		      Frag Id:0, Intf Address:10.3.11.145, Intf Id:0
		      Nbr Intf Address:10.3.11.143, Nbr Intf Id:0
		      TE Metric:10, IGP Metric:10, Attribute Flags:0x0
		      SRLGs: 10, 20
		      Attribute Names:  red2
		      Switching Capability:, Encoding:
		      BC Model ID:RDM
		      Physical BW:155520 (kbps), Max Reservable BW Global:0 (kbps)
		      Max Reservable BW Sub:0 (kbps)

The following sample output shows a brief topology for the affinity attributes:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology affinity
		
		affinity
		Mon Mar 23 13:25:47.236 EST EST
		My_System_id: 10.0.0.1 (OSPF 100 area 0)
		My_System_id: 0000.0000.0001.00 (IS-IS 100 level-2)
		My_BC_Model_Type: RDM
		
		Signalling error holddown: 10 sec Global Link Generation 233
		
		IGP Id: 0000.0000.0001.00, MPLS TE Id: 11.11.1.1 Router Node  (IS-IS 100 level-2)
		
		IGP Id: 10.0.0.1, MPLS TE Id: 10.0.0.1 Router Node  (OSPF 100 area 0)
		  Link[0]:      Intf Address: 12.9.1.1, Nbr Intf Address: 12.9.1.2
		      Attribute Flags: 0x0
		      Attribute Names:
		  Link[1]:      Intf Address: 13.9.1.1, Nbr Intf Address: 13.9.1.3
		      Attribute Flags: 0x0
		      Attribute Names:
		  Link[2]:      Intf Address: 12.9.0.1, DR: 12.9.0.2
		      Attribute Flags: 0x4
		      Attribute Names: red2
		  Link[3]:      Intf Address: 14.9.0.1, DR: 14.9.0.4
		      Attribute Flags: 0x0
		      Attribute Names:
		  Link[4]:      Intf Address: 13.9.0.1, DR: 13.9.0.3
		      Attribute Flags: 0x0
		      Attribute Names:
		
		IGP Id: 4.4.4.4, MPLS TE Id: 4.4.4.4 Router Node  (OSPF 100 area 0)
		  Link[0]:      Intf Address: 34.9.1.4, Nbr Intf Address: 34.9.1.3
		      Attribute Flags: 0x0
		      Attribute Names:
		  Link[1]:      Intf Address: 14.9.0.4, DR: 14.9.0.4
		      Attribute Flags: 0x1e
		      Attribute Names: red1 red2 red3 red4
		  Link[2]:      Intf Address: 24.9.0.4, DR: 24.9.0.4
		      Attribute Flags: 0x0
		      Attribute Names:
		  Link[3]:      Intf Address: 34.9.0.4, DR: 34.9.0.3
		      Attribute Flags: 0x0
		      Attribute Names:
		  Link[4]:      Intf Address: 24.9.1.4, Nbr Intf Address: 24.9.1.2
		      Attribute Flags: 0x0
		      Attribute Names:

The following sample output for the show mpls traffic-eng topology command that shows the output to a single link:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology 12.9.1.1 link-only
	
Wed Sep  2 13:24:48.821 EST
 

IGP Id: 0000.0000.0002.00, MPLS TE Id: 172.16.0.1 Router Node  (IS-IS 100 level-2)
 
  Link[0]:Point-to-Point, Nbr IGP Id:0000.0000.0001.00, Nbr Node Id:-1, gen:277740
      Frag Id:0, Intf Address:12.9.1.2, Intf Id:0
      Nbr Intf Address:12.9.1.1, Nbr Intf Id:0
      TE Metric:10, IGP Metric:10, Attribute Flags:0x0
      Attribute Names:
      Switching Capability:, Encoding:
      BC Model ID:RDM
      Physical BW:155520 (kbps), Max Reservable BW Global:116640 (kbps)
      Max Reservable BW Sub:0 (kbps)
                                 Global Pool       Sub Pool
               Total Allocated   Reservable        Reservable
               BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)
               ---------------   -----------       ----------
        bw[0]:            0         116640                0
        bw[1]:            0         116640                0
        bw[2]:            0         116640                0
        bw[3]:            0         116640                0
        bw[4]:            0         116640                0
        bw[5]:            0         116640                0
        bw[6]:            0         116640                0
        bw[7]:            0         116640                0
 
IGP Id: 172.16.0.1, MPLS TE Id: 172.16.0.1 Router Node  (OSPF 100 area 0)
 
  Link[3]:Point-to-Point, Nbr IGP Id:10.0.0.1, Nbr Node Id:-1, gen:277737
      Frag Id:29, Intf Address:12.9.1.2, Intf Id:0
      Nbr Intf Address:12.9.1.1, Nbr Intf Id:0
      TE Metric:1, IGP Metric:1, Attribute Flags:0x0
      Attribute Names:
      Switching Capability:, Encoding:
      BC Model ID:RDM
      Physical BW:155520 (kbps), Max Reservable BW Global:116640 (kbps)
      Max Reservable BW Sub:0 (kbps)
                                 Global Pool       Sub Pool
               Total Allocated   Reservable        Reservable
               BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)         BW (kbps)
               ---------------   -----------       ----------
        bw[0]:            0         116640                0
        bw[1]:            0         116640                0
        bw[2]:            0         116640                0
        bw[3]:            0         116640                0
        bw[4]:            0         116640                0
        bw[5]:            0         116640                0
        bw[6]:            0         116640                0
        bw[7]:            0         116640                0

The following shows a sample output for the show mpls traffic-eng topology model-type mam command:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology model-type mam
		
		IGP Id: 0000.0000.0001.00, MPLS-TE Id: 10.10.10.10 Router Node  (isis 1 level-2)
		  Link[0]:      Intf Address:7.2.2.1, Nbr Intf Address:7.2.2.2
		  Link[1]:      Intf Address:7.1.1.1, Nbr Intf Address:7.1.1.2
		
		IGP Id: 0000.0000.0002.00, MPLS-TE Id: 20.20.20.20 Router Node  (isis 1 level-2)
		  Link[0]:      Intf Address:7.2.2.2, Nbr Intf Address:7.2.2.1
		  Link[1]:      Intf Address:7.1.1.2, Nbr Intf Address:7.1.1.1
		  Link[2]:      Intf Address:7.3.3.1, Nbr Intf Address:7.3.3.2
		
		IGP Id: 0000.0000.0003.00, MPLS-TE Id: 30.30.30.30 Router Node  (isis 1 level-2)
		  Link[0]:      Intf Address:7.3.3.2, Nbr Intf Address:7.3.3.1

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng topology command specifying the topology for the SRLG interfaces:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology srlg

   
Tue Oct  6 13:10:30.342 UTC
My_System_id: 0000.0000.0005.00 (IS-IS 1 level-2)

      SRLG      Interface Addr  TE Router ID    IGP Area  ID
__________      ______________  ____________    _______________
         1      51.1.2.1        100.0.0.1       IS-IS 1 level-2
         2      51.1.2.1        100.0.0.1       IS-IS 1 level-2
         3      51.1.2.1        100.0.0.1       IS-IS 1 level-2
         4      51.1.2.1        100.0.0.1       IS-IS 1 level-2
         5      51.1.2.1        100.0.0.1       IS-IS 1 level-2
         6      51.1.2.1        100.0.0.1       IS-IS 1 level-2
         7      51.1.2.1        100.0.0.1       IS-IS 1 level-2
         8      51.1.2.1        100.0.0.1       IS-IS 1 level-2
        10      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS 1 level-2
        30      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS 1 level-2
        77      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS 1 level-2
        88      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS 1 level-2
      1500      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS 1 level-2
  10000000      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS 1 level-2
4294967290      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS 1 level-2
4294967295      50.4.5.5        100.0.0.5       IS-IS 1 level-2

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng topology path destination command specifying the topological path with SRLG exclusion:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology path destination 100.0.0.2 exclude-srlg 50.4.5.5 isis 1 level 2

Tue Oct  6 13:13:44.053 UTC
Path Setup to 100.0.0.2:
bw 0 (CT0), min_bw 0, metric: 20
setup_pri 7, hold_pri 7
affinity_bits 0x0, affinity_mask 0xffff
Exclude SRLG Intf Addr : 50.4.5.5
SRLGs Excluded: 10, 30, 77, 88, 1500, 10000000
                4294967290, 4294967295
Hop0:50.5.1.5
Hop1:50.5.1.1
Hop2:51.1.2.1
Hop3:51.1.2.2
Hop4:100.0.0.2

The following shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng topology path destination command specifying the topological path based on a given explicit path:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng topology path destination 100.0.0.2 explicit-path name exclude-srlg isis 1 level 2

Tue Oct  6 13:16:44.233 UTC
Path Setup to 100.0.0.2:
bw 0 (CT0), min_bw 0, metric: 20
setup_pri 7, hold_pri 7
affinity_bits 0x0, affinity_mask 0xffff
SRLGs Excluded: 10, 30, 77, 88, 1500, 10000000
                4294967290, 4294967295, 1, 2, 3, 4
                5, 6, 7, 8
Hop0:50.5.1.5
Hop1:50.5.1.1
Hop2:50.1.2.1
Hop3:50.1.2.2
Hop4:100.0.0.2

show mpls traffic-eng tunnels

To display information about MPLS-TE tunnels, use the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng tunnels [tunnel-number] [affinity] [all] [auto-bw] [attribute-set {all | tunnel-name}] [auto-tunnel] [backup [tunnel-number | auto-tunnel [mesh ] mesh-value | [ name tunnel-name] | protected-interface type interface-path-id | {static | auto}]] [brief] [destination destination-address] [detail] [down] [interface {in | out | inout} type interface-path-id] [name tunnel-name] [p2p] [property { backup-tunnel | fast-reroute}] [protection [frr | path | tunnel-idtunnel-id | tabular]] [reoptimized within-last interval] [role {all | head | tail | middle}] [soft-preemption {desired | triggered}}] [source source-address] [suboptimal constraints {current | max | none}] [summary] [tabular] [up] [class-type ct]

Syntax Description

tunnel-number

(Optional)Number of the tunnel. Range is from 0 to 65535.

attribute-set

(Optional) Restricts the display of tunnels with an attribute set.

affinity

(Optional) Displays the affinity attributes for all outgoing links. The links, which are used by the tunnel, display color information.

all

(Optional) Displays all MPLS-TE tunnels.

auto-bw

(Optional) Restricts the display to tunnels when the automatic bandwidth is enabled.

auto-tunnel

(Optional) Restricts the display of automatically created tunnels.

mesh mesh-value

Displays the tunnels that belong to the specified auto-tunnel mesh group.

backup

(Optional) Displays FRR¹¹ backup tunnels information. The information includes the physical interface protected by the tunnel, the number of TE LSPs¹² protected, and the bandwidth protected.

(Optional) Displays backup information for automatic tunnels and FRR tunnels.

name tunnel-name

(Optional) Displays the tunnel with given name.

protected-interface

(Optional) Displays FRR protected interfaces.

static

(Optional) Displays static backup tunnels.

auto-tunnel

(Optional) Displays protected automatic backup tunnels.

brief

(Optional) Displays the brief form of this command.

destination destination-address

(Optional) Restricts the display to tunnels destined for the specified IP address.

detail

(Optional) Displays detail information about headend tunnels.

down

(Optional) Displays tunnels that are down.

interface in

(Optional) Displays tunnels that use the specified input interface.

interface out

(Optional) Displays tunnels that use the specified output interface.

interface inout

(Optional) Displays tunnels that use the specified interface as an input or output interface.

type

(Optional) Interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or a virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all possible interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

p2p

(Optional) Displays only P2P tunnels.

property backup-tunnel

(Optional) Displays tunnels with property of backup tunnel. Selects MPLS-TE tunnels used to protect physical interfaces on this router. A tunnel configured to protect a link against failure is a backup tunnel and has the backup tunnel property.

property fast-reroute

(Optional) Displays tunnels with property of fast-reroute configured. Selects FRR-protected MPLS-TE tunnels originating on (head), transmitting (router), or terminating (tail) on this router.

protection

(Optional) Displays all protected tunnels (configured as fast-reroutable). Displays information about the protection provided to each tunnel selected by other options specified with this command. The information includes whether protection is configured for the tunnel, the protection (if any) provided to the tunnel by this router, and the tunnel bandwidth protected.

frr

(Optional) Displays all protected tunnels (configured as fast-reroutable).

path

(Optional) Displays information for the path-protection.

tunnel-id

(Optional) Displays information for the path-protection for a particular tunnel.

tunnel-id

(Optional) Tunnel identifier. The range is from 0 to 65535.

tabular

(Optional) Displays information for the path protection tunnel in tabular format.

reoptimized within-last interval

(Optional) Displays tunnels reoptimized within the last given time interval.

role all

(Optional) Displays all tunnels.

role head

(Optional) Displays tunnels with their heads at this router.

role middle

(Optional) Displays tunnels at the middle of this router.

role tail

(Optional) Displays tunnels with their tails at this router.

soft-preemption

Displays tunnels on which the soft-preemption feature is enabled.

source source-address

(Optional) Restricts the display to tunnels with a matching source IP address.

suboptimal constraints current

(Optional) Displays tunnels whose path metric is greater than the current shortest path constrained by the tunnel’s configured options.

suboptimal constraints max

(Optional) Displays tunnels whose path metric is greater than the current shortest path, constrained by the configured options for the tunnel, and taking into consideration only the network capacity.

suboptimal constraints none

(Optional) Displays tunnels whose path metric is greater than the shortest unconstrained path.

summary

(Optional) Displays summary of configured tunnels.

tabular

(Optional) Displays a table showing TE LSPs, with one entry per line.

up

(Optional) Displays tunnels when the tunnel interface is up.

class-type ct

(Optional) Displays tunnels using the given class-type value configuration.

¹¹ FRR = Fast Reroute.

¹² LSPs = Label Switched Paths.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the brief form of the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command to display information specific to a tunnel interface. Use the command without the brief keyword to display information that includes the destination address, source ID, role, name, suboptimal constraints, and interface.

The affinity keyword is available for only the source router.

Selected tunnels would have a shorter path if they were reoptimized immediately.

To display the path-protection summary fields, you must configure the options for the path-protection.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This sample output is not changed when no area is specified for the active path-option. If the area is specified, it is added on a line of its own after the existing path-option information.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels 20 detail

Signalling Summary:
              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
                     RSVP Process:  running
                       Forwarding:  enabled
          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 2400 seconds
           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 16 seconds
          Auto-bw enabled tunnels:  6

 Name: tunnel-te20  Destination: 130.130.130.130
  Status:
    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected

    path option 1,  type explicit r1r2r3gig_path (Basis for Setup, path weight 200)
    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
    Bandwidth Requested: 113 kbps  CT0

  Config Parameters:
    Bandwidth:      100 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
    Metric Type: TE (interface)
    AutoRoute:  enabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
    Forwarding-Adjacency: disabled
    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
    Auto-bw: enabled
      Last BW Applied: 113 kbps CT0   BW Applications: 1
      Last Application Trigger: Periodic Application
      Bandwidth Min/Max: 0-4294967295 kbps
      Application Frequency: 5 min   Jitter: 0s   Time Left: 4m 19s
      Collection Frequency: 1 min
      Samples Collected: 0   Next: 14s
      Highest BW: 0 kbps   Underflow BW: 0 kbps
      Adjustment Threshold: 10%   10 kbps
      Overflow Detection disabled
      Underflow Detection disabled
    Fast Reroute: Disabled, Protection Desired: None
    Path Protection: Not Enabled
  History:
    Tunnel has been up for: 00:18:54 
    Current LSP:
      Uptime: 00:05:41 
    Prior LSP:
      ID: path option 1 [3]
      Removal Trigger: reoptimization completed
  Current LSP Info: 
    Instance: 4, Signaling Area: IS-IS 1 level-2
    Uptime: 00:05:41 (since Mon Mar 15 00:01:36 UTC 2010)
    Outgoing Interface: HundredGigE0/0/0/3, Outgoing Label: 16009
    Router-IDs: local      110.110.110.110
                downstream 120.120.120.120
    Path Info:
      Outgoing:
      Explicit Route:
        Strict, 61.10.1.2
        Strict, 61.15.1.1
        Strict, 61.15.1.2
        Strict, 130.130.130.130
      Record Route: Disabled
      Tspec: avg rate=113 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=113 kbits
      Session Attributes: Local Prot: Not Set, Node Prot: Not Set, BW Prot: Not Set
    Resv Info: None
      Record Route: Disabled
      Fspec: avg rate=113 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=113 kbits 
  Displayed 1 (of 6) heads, 0 (of 0) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails
  Displayed 1 up, 0 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This is a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the property keyword:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels property backup interface out HundredGigE0/0/0/3 
 
		Signalling Summary:
		              LSP Tunnels Process:  running, not registered with RSVP
		                     RSVP Process:  not running
		                       Forwarding:  enabled
		          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 3595 seconds
		           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 295 seconds
		      Periodic auto-bw collection:  disabled
		
		Name: tunnel-te1  Destination: 10.0.0.1
		  Status:
		    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected
		
		    path option 1,  type dynamic   (Basis for Setup, path weight 1)
		    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties) 
		
		  Config Parameters:
		    Bandwidth:        1000 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
		    Metric Type: TE (default)
		    AutoRoute:  disabled  LockDown: disabled     
		    Loadshare:      10000 bandwidth-based
		    Auto-bw: disabled(0/0) 0  Bandwidth Requested:        0
		    Direction: unidirectional
		    Endpoint switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		    Transit switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		    Backup FRR EXP Demotion: 1 ' 7, 2 ' 1
		    Class-Attributes: 1, 2, 7
		    Bandwidth-Policer: off
		
		  History:
		    Tunnel has been up for: 00:00:08
		    Current LSP:
		      Uptime: 00:00:08
		
		  Path info (ospf 0 area 0):
		  Hop0: 10.0.0.2
		  Hop1: 102.0.0.2 
		Displayed 1 (of 1) heads, 0 (of 0) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails
		Displayed 0 up, 1 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 19. show mpls traffic-eng tunnels Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
LSP Tunnels Process	Status of the LSP¹³ tunnels process.
RSVP Process	Status of the RSVP process.
Forwarding	Status of forwarding (enabled or disabled).
Periodic reoptimization	Time, in seconds, until the next periodic reoptimization.
Periodic FRR Promotion	Time, in seconds, till the next periodic FRR¹⁴ promotion.
Periodic auto-bw collection	Time, in seconds, till the next periodic auto-bw collection.
Name	Interface configured at the tunnel head.
Destination	Tail-end router identifier.
Admin/STATUS	Configured up or down.
Oper/STATE	Operationally up or down.
Signalling	Signaling connected or down or proceeding.
Config Parameters	Configuration parameters provided by tunnel mode MPLS traffic-eng, including those specific to unequal load-balancing functionality (bandwidth, load-share, backup FRR EXP demotion, class-attributes, and bandwidth-policer).
History: Current LSP: Uptime	Time LSP has been up.
Path Info	Hop list of current LSP.

¹³ LSP = Link-State Packet.

¹⁴ FRR = Fast Reroute.

This sample output shows the link attributes of links that are traversed by the tunnel (color information):


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels 11 affinity
		
		Signalling Summary:
		              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
		                     RSVP Process:  running
		                       Forwarding:  enabled
		          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 2710 seconds
		           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 27 seconds
		
		
		          Auto-bw enabled tunnels:  0 (disabled)
		
		Name: tunnel-te11  Destination: 192.168.0.1
		  Status:
		    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected
		
		    path option 1,  type explicit gige_1_2_3 (Basis for Setup, path weight 2)
		    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
		    Bandwidth Requested: 200 kbps  CT0
		
		  Config Parameters:
		    Bandwidth:      200 kbps (CT0) Priority:  2  2
		    Number of affinity constraints: 1
		       Include bit map       : 0x4
		       Include name          : red2
		
		    Metric Type: TE (default)
		    AutoRoute: disabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
		    Forwarding-Adjacency: disabled
		    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
		    Auto-bw: disabled
		    Fast Reroute: Enabled, Protection Desired: Any
		    Path Protection: Not Enabled
		  History:
		    Tunnel has been up for: 02:55:27
		    Current LSP:
		      Uptime: 02:02:19
		    Prior LSP:
		      ID: path option 1 [8]
		      Removal Trigger: reoptimization completed
		
		  Path info (OSPF 100 area 0):
		    Link0: 12.9.0.1 
		      Attribute flags: 0x4
		      Attribute names: red2
		    Link1: 23.9.0.2 
		      Attribute flags: 0x4
		      Attribute names: red2
		
		Displayed 1 (of 8) heads, 0 (of 0) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails
		Displayed 1 up, 0 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This sample output shows the brief summary of the tunnel status and configuration:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels brief 
		
		Signalling Summary:
		              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
		                     RSVP Process:  running
		                       Forwarding:  enabled
		          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 2538 seconds
		           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 38 seconds
		          Auto-bw enabled tunnels:  0 (disabled)
		                     TUNNEL NAME         DESTINATION      STATUS  STATE
		                  
		                 tunnel-te1060            10.6.6.6          up  up
		                 PE6_C12406_t607            10.7.7.7          up  up
		                 PE6_C12406_t608            10.8.8.8          up  up
		                 PE6_C12406_t609            10.9.9.9          up  up
		                 PE6_C12406_t610         10.10.10.10          up  up
		                 PE6_C12406_t621         10.21.21.21          up  up
		                 PE7_C12406_t706            10.6.6.6          up  up
		                 PE7_C12406_t721         10.21.21.21          up  up
		                  Tunnel_PE8-PE6            10.6.6.6          up  up
		                 Tunnel_PE8-PE21         10.21.21.21          up  up
		                  Tunnel_PE9-PE6            10.6.6.6          up  up
		                 Tunnel_PE9-PE21         10.21.21.21          up  up
		                 Tunnel_PE10-PE6            10.6.6.6          up  up
		                Tunnel_PE10-PE21         10.21.21.21          up  up
		               PE21_C12406_t2106            10.6.6.6          up  up
		               PE21_C12406_t2107            10.7.7.7          up  up
		               PE21_C12406_t2108            10.8.8.8          up  up
		               PE21_C12406_t2109            10.9.9.9          up  up
		               PE21_C12406_t2110         10.10.10.10          up  up
		                PE6_C12406_t6070            10.7.7.7          up  up
		                PE7_C12406_t7060            10.6.6.6          up  up
                 tunnel-te1                200.0.0.3            up  up
                 HundredGigE0/0/0/3      100.0.0.1         up  up
                 HundredGigE0/0/0/4      200.0.0.1         up  up

		Displayed 1 (of 1) heads, 20 (of 20) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails
		Displayed 1 up, 0 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This section shows a sample output that results when automatic backup tunnels are created:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels brief

.
.
.
TUNNEL NAME         DESTINATION      STATUS  STATE
              tunnel-te0           200.0.0.3          up  up
              tunnel-te1           200.0.0.3          up  up
              tunnel-te2           200.0.0.3          up  up
            *tunnel-te50           200.0.0.3          up  up
            *tunnel-te60           200.0.0.3          up  up
            *tunnel-te70           200.0.0.3          up  up
            *tunnel-te80           200.0.0.3          up  up
.
.
.

* = automatically created backup tunnel

This is sample output that shows a summary of configured tunnels by using the summary keyword:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels summary
		
		LSP Tunnels Process:  not running, disabled
		                     RSVP Process:  running
		                       Forwarding:  enabled
		          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 2706 seconds
		           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 81 seconds
		      Periodic auto-bw collection:  disabled
		
		Signalling Summary:
		    Head: 1 interfaces, 1 active signalling attempts, 1 established
		          0 explicit, 1 dynamic
		          1 activations, 0 deactivations
		          0 recovering, 0 recovered
		    Mids: 0
		    Tails: 0
		
		Fast ReRoute Summary:
		    Head:     0 FRR tunnels, 0 protected, 0 rerouted
		    Mid:      0 FRR tunnels, 0 protected, 0 rerouted
		    Summary:  0 protected, 0 link protected, 0 node protected, 0 bw protected
		
		Path Protection Summary:
		    20 standby configured tunnels, 15 connected, 10 path protected 
		    2 link-diverse, 4 node-diverse, 4 node-link-diverse
		



AutoTunnel Backup Summary:
    AutoTunnel Backups:
             50 created, 50 up, 0 down, 8 unused
             25 NHOP, 25 NNHOP, 10 SRLG strict, 10 SRLG pref
    Protected LSPs: 
             10 NHOP, 20 NHOP+SRLG
             15 NNHOP, 5 NNHOP+SRLG
    Protected S2L Sharing Families: 
             10 NHOP, 20 NHOP+SRLG
             15 NNHOP, 5 NNHOP+SRLG
    Protected S2Ls:              10 NHOP, 20 NHOP+SRLG
             15 NNHOP, 5 NNHOP+SRLG

This is a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the protection keyword. This command selects every MPLS-TE tunnel, known to the router, that was signaled as an FRR-protected LSP (property fast-reroute), and displays information about the protection this router provides to each selected tunnel.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels protection
		
tunnel160
  LSP Head, Admin: up, Oper: up
  Src: 10.20.20.20, Dest: 10.10.10.10, Instance: 28
  Fast Reroute Protection: None

tunnel170
  LSP Head, Admin: up, Oper: up
  Src: 10.20.20.20, Dest: 10.10.10.10, Instance: 945
  Fast Reroute Protection: Requested
    Outbound: FRR Ready
     Backup tunnel160 to LSP nhop
      tunnel160: out I/f: HundredGigE0/0/0/3
     LSP signalling info:
      Original: out I/f: HundredGigE0/0/0/4, label:  3, nhop: 10.10.10.10
      With FRR: out I/f: tunnel160, label:  3
     LSP bw: 10 kbps, Backup level: any unlimited, type: CT0

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 20. show mpls traffic-eng tunnels protection Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Tunnel#	Number of the MPLS-TE backup tunnel.
LSP Head/router	Node is either head or router for this LSP¹⁵.
Instance	LSP ID.
Backup tunnel	Backup tunnel protection for NHOP/NNHOP.
out if	Backup tunnel's outgoing interface
Original	Outgoing interface, label, and next-hop of the LSP when not using backup.
With FRR	Outgoing interface and label when using backup tunnel.
LSP BW	Signaled bandwidth of the LSP.
Backup level	Type of bandwidth protection provided—pool type and limited/unlimited bandwidth.
LSP Tunnels Process	Status of the TE process ¹⁶.

¹⁵ LSP = Link-State Packet.

¹⁶ LSP = Label Switched Path

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the backup keyword. This command selects every MPLS-TE tunnel known to the router, and displays information about the FRR protection that each selected tunnel provides for interfaces on this route. The command does not generate output for tunnels that do not provide FRR protection of interfaces on this router:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels backup
		
		tunnel160
		 Admin: up, Oper: up
		 Src: 10.20.20.20, Dest: 10.10.10.10, Instance: 28
		 Fast Reroute Backup Provided:
		  Protected I/fs: HundredGigE0/0/0/3
		  Protected lsps: 0
		  Backup BW: any-class unlimited, Inuse: 0 kbps

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 21. show mpls traffic-eng tunnels backup Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Tunnel#	MPLS-TE backup tunnel number.
Dest	IP address of backup tunnel destination.
State	State of the backup tunnel. Values are up, down, or admin-down.
Instance	LSP ID of the tunnel.
Protected I/fs	List of interfaces protected by the backup tunnel.
Protected lsps	Number of LSPs currently protected by the backup tunnel.
Backup BW	Configured backup bandwidth type and amount. Pool from which bandwidth is acquired. Values are any-class, CT0, and CT1. Amount is either unlimited or a configured limit in kbps.
Inuse	Backup bandwidth currently in use on the backup tunnel.

This shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the backup and protected-interface keywords:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels backup protected-interface
		
		Interface: HundredGigE0/0/0/3
		    Tunnel100  UNUSED : out I/f:               Admin: down  Oper: down
		
		Interface: HundredGigE0/0/0/4
		    Tunnel160    NHOP : out I/f: HundredGigE0/0/0/5   Admin:   up  Oper:   up

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 22. show mpls traffic-eng tunnels backup protected-interface Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Interface	MPLS-TE-enabled FRR protected interface.
Tunnel#	FRR protected tunnel on the interface.
NHOP/NNHOP/UNUSED	State of Protected tunnel. Values are unused, next hop, next-next hop.
out I/f	Outgoing interface of the backup tunnel providing the protection.

This shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the up within-last keywords:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels up within-last 200
		
		Signalling Summary:
		              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
		                     RSVP Process:  running
		                       Forwarding:  enabled
		          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 3381 seconds
		           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 81 seconds
		      Periodic auto-bw collection:  disabled
		
		Name: tunnel-te11  Destination: 30.30.30.30
		  Status:
		    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected
		
		    path option 1, type explicit back (Basis for Setup, path weight 1)
		 G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
		
		  Config Parameters:
		    Bandwidth:        0 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
		    Number of configured name based affinities: 2
		    Name based affinity constraints in use:
		       Include bit map          : 0x4 (refers to undefined affinity name)
		       Include-strict bit map: 0x4
		Metric Type: TE (default)
		    AutoRoute:  disabled  LockDown: disabled   Loadshare:        0 bw-based
		    Auto-bw: disabled(0/0) 0  Bandwidth Requested:        0
		    Direction: unidirectional
		 Endpoint switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		    Transit switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		
		  History:
		    Tunnel has been up for: 00:00:21
		    Current LSP:
		      Uptime: 00:00:21
		    Prior LSP:
		      ID: path option 1 [4]
		      Removal Trigger: tunnel shutdown
		
		  Path info (ospf   area 0):
		  Hop0: 7.4.4.2
		  Hop1: 30.30.30.30
		
		Displayed 1 (of 3) heads, 0 (of 0) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails
		Displayed 1 up, 0 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This shows a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the reoptimized within-last keywords:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels reoptimized within-last 600
		
		Signalling Summary:
		              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
		                     RSVP Process:  running
		                       Forwarding:  enabled
		          Periodic reoptimization:  every 60000 seconds, next in 41137 seconds
		           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 37 seconds
		      Periodic auto-bw collection:  disabled
		
		Name: tunnel-te1  Destination: 30.30.30.30
		  Status:
		    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected
		
		    path option 1, type explicit prot1 (Basis for Setup, path weight 1)
		 G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
		
		  Config Parameters:
		    Bandwidth:       66 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
		    Metric Type: IGP (global)
		    AutoRoute:   enabled  LockDown: disabled   Loadshare:       66 bw-based
		    Auto-bw: disabled(0/0) 0  Bandwidth Requested:       66
		    Direction: unidirectional
		 Endpoint switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		    Transit switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		
		  History:
		    Tunnel has been up for: 00:14:04
		    Current LSP:
		      Uptime: 00:03:52
		      Selection: reoptimization
		    Prior LSP:
		      ID: path option 1 [2017]
		      Removal Trigger: reoptimization completed
		
		  Path info (ospf   area 0):
		  Hop0: 7.2.2.2
		  Hop1: 7.3.3.2
		  Hop2: 30.30.30.30
		Displayed 1 (of 1) heads, 0 (of 0) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails
		Displayed 1 up, 0 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This is a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the detail keyword:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels 100 detail
 
		Name: tunnel-te1  Destination: 24.24.24.24
		  Status:
		    Admin:    up Oper:   up
		 
		        Working Path:  valid  Signalling: connected
		        Protecting Path:  valid  Protect Signalling: connected
		        Working LSP is carrying traffic
		 
		    path option 1,  type explicit po4 (Basis for Setup, path weight 1)
		      (Basis for Standby, path weight 2)
		    G-PID: 0x001d (derived from egress interface properties)
		    Path protect LSP is present.
		 
		    path option 1,  type explicit po6 (Basis for Setup, path weight 1)
		
		  Config Parameters:
		    Bandwidth:       10 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
		    Metric Type: TE (default)
		    AutoRoute:   enabled  LockDown: disabled   Loadshare:       10 bw-based
		    Auto-bw: disabled(0/0) 0  Bandwidth Requested:       10
		    Direction: unidirectional
		    Endpoint switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		    Transit switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		
		  History:
		    Tunnel has been up for: 00:04:06
		    Current LSP:
		      Uptime: 00:04:06
		    Prior LSP:
		      ID: path option 1 [5452]
		      Removal Trigger: path verification failed
		Current LSP Info:
		    Instance: 71, Signaling Area: ospf optical area 0
		    Uptime: 00:10:41
		    Incoming Label: explicit-null
		    Outgoing Interface: HundredGigE0/0/0/3, Outgoing Label: implicit-null
		    Path Info:
		      Explicit Route:
		        Strict, 100.0.0.3
		        Strict, 24.24.24.24
		      Record Route: None
		      Tspec: avg rate=2488320 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=2488320 kbits
		Resv Info:
		      Record Route:
		        IPv4 100.0.0.3, flags 0x0
		      Fspec: avg rate=2488320 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=2488320 kbits
		  Protecting LSP Info:
		    Instance: 72, Signaling Area: ospf optical area 0
		    Incoming Label: explicit-null
		    Outgoing Interface: HundredGigE0/0/0/4, Outgoing Label: implicit-null
		    Path Info:
		      Explicit Route:
		        Strict, 101.0.0.3
		        Strict, 24.24.24.24
		      Record Route: None
		      Tspec: avg rate=2488320 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=2488320 kbits
		    Resv Info:
		      Record Route:
		        IPv4 101.0.0.3, flags 0x0
		      Fspec: avg rate=2488320 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=2488320 kbits
		  Reoptimized LSP Info (Install Timer Remaining 11 Seconds):
		  Cleaned LSP Info (Cleanup Timer Remaining 19 Seconds):

This is a sample output that shows the path-protection options for tunnel-te 100 using the detail keyword.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels 100 detail
		
		Signalling Summary:
		              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
		                     RSVP Process:  running
		                       Forwarding:  enabled
		          Periodic reoptimization:  every 60 seconds, next in 31 seconds
		           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 299 seconds
		          Auto-bw enabled tunnels:  0 (disabled)
		
		Name: tunnel-te100  Destination: 33.3.33.3
		  Status:
		    Admin:    up Oper:   up (Up for 02:06:14)
		    Path:  valid   Signalling: connected
		
		Path options:
		    path-option 5 explicit name to-gmpls3 verbatim lockdown OSPF 0 area 0
		      PCALC Error [Standby]: Wed Oct 15 15:53:24 2008
		        Info: Destination IP address, 1.2.3.4, not found in topology
		    path-option 10 dynamic
		    path option 15 explicit name div-wrt-to-gmpls3 verbatim 
		    path option 20 dynamic standby OSPF 0 area 0
		      (Basis for Standby, path weight 2)
		    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
		    Bandwidth Requested: 0 kbps  CT0
		
		Config Parameters:
		    Bandwidth:        0 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
		    Metric Type: TE (default)
		    AutoRoute:  disabled  LockDown: disabled 
		    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
		    Auto-bw: disabled(0/0) 0  Bandwidth Requested:        0
		    Direction: unidirectional
		    Endpoint switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		    Transit switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		    Path Protection: enabled
		
		  Reoptimization Info in Inter-area:
		    Better Path Queries sent = 13; Preferred Path Exists received = 0
		    Last better path query was sent 00:08:22 ago
		    Last preferred path exists was received 00:00:00 ago
		
		  History:
		    Tunnel has been up for: 02:15:56
		    Current LSP:
		      Uptime: 02:15:56
		    Prior LSP:
		      ID: path option 10 [22]
		      Removal Trigger: path verification failed
		  Current LSP Info:
		
		    Bandwidth:        0 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
		    Metric Type: TE (default)
		    AutoRoute: disabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
		    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
		    Auto-bw: disabled
		    Direction: unidirectional
		    Endpoint switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		    Transit switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		    Fast Reroute: Disabled, Protection Desired: None
		Reoptimization Info in Inter-area:
		    Better Path Queries sent = 13; Preferred Path Exists received = 0
		    Last better path query was sent 00:08:22 ago
		    Last preferred path exists was received 00:00:00 ago
		Path Protection Info:
		  Standby Path: Node and Link diverse Last switchover 00:08:22 ago
		    Switchover Reason: Path delete request
		  Number of Switchovers 13, Standby Ready 15 times 
		
		  History:
		    Prior LSP:
		      ID: path option 10 [188]
		      Removal Trigger: path option removed
		Tunnel has been up for: 00:03:58
		    Current LSP:
		      Uptime: 00:03:58
		    Reopt. LSP:
		      Setup Time: 272 seconds
		  Current LSP Info:
		    Instance: 1, Signaling Area: OSPF 0 area 0
		    Uptime: 00:03:58
		    Outgoing Interface: HundredGigE0/0/0/3, Outgoing Label: implicit-null
		    Router-IDs: local      222.22.2.2
		                downstream 33.3.33.3
		    Path Info:
		      Outgoing:
		      Explicit Route:
		        Strict, 23.0.0.3
		        Strict, 33.3.33.3
		      Record Route: None
		      Tspec: avg rate=0 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=0 kbits
		      Session Attributes: Local Prot: Not Set, Node Prot: Not Set, BW Prot: Not Set
		    Resv Info:
		      Record Route: None
		      Fspec: avg rate=0 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=0 kbits
		  Standby LSP Info:
		    Instance: 1, Signaling Area: OSPF 0 area 0
		    Uptime: 00:03:58
		    Outgoing Interface: HundredGigE0/0/0/3, Outgoing Label: implicit-null
		    Router-IDs: local      222.22.2.2
		                downstream 33.3.33.3
		    Path Info:
		      Outgoing:
		      Explicit Route:
		        Strict, 23.0.0.3
		        Strict, 33.3.33.3
		      Record Route: None
		      Tspec: avg rate=0 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=0 kbits
		      Session Attributes: Local Prot: Not Set, Node Prot: Not Set, BW Prot: Not Set
		    Resv Info:
		      Record Route: None
		      Fspec: avg rate=0 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=0 kbits
		  Reoptimized LSP Info:
		    Instance: 5, Signaling Area: OSPF 0 area 0
		    Outgoing Interface: HundredGigE0/0/0/4, Outgoing Label: 16000
		    Path Info:
		      Outgoing:
		      Explicit Route:
		        Strict, 26.0.0.6
		        Strict, 36.0.0.3
		        Strict, 33.3.33.3
		      Record Route: None
		      Tspec: avg rate=0 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=0 kbits
		      Session Attributes: Local Prot: Not Set, Node Prot: Not Set, BW Prot: Not Set
		    Resv Info:
		      Record Route: None
		      Fspec: avg rate=0 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=0 kbits
		  Delayed Clean Standby LSP Info:
		    Instance: 1, Signaling Area: OSPF 0 area 0
		    Uptime: 00:03:58
		    Outgoing Interface: HundredGigE0/0/0/3, Outgoing Label: implicit-null
		    Router-IDs: local      222.22.2.2
		                downstream 33.3.33.3
		    Path Info:
		      Outgoing:
		      Explicit Route:
		        Strict, 23.0.0.3
		        Strict, 33.3.33.3
		      Record Route: None
		      Tspec: avg rate=0 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=0 kbits
		      Session Attributes: Local Prot: Not Set, Node Prot: Not Set, BW Prot: Not Set
		    Resv Info:
		      Record Route: None
		      Fspec: avg rate=0 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=0 kbits
		Displayed 0 (of 2) heads, 0 (of 0) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails
		Displayed 0 up, 0 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This is a sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the role mid keyword:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels role mid
		
		Signalling Summary:
		              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
		                     RSVP Process:  running
		                       Forwarding:  enabled
		          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 1166 seconds
		           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 90 seconds
		      Periodic auto-bw collection:  disabled
		LSP Tunnel 10.10.10.10 1 [5508] is signalled, connection is up
		  Tunnel Name: FRR1_t1  Tunnel Role: Mid
		  InLabel: HundredGigE0/0/0/3, 33
		  OutLabel: HundredGigE0/0/0/4, implicit-null
		  Signalling Info:
		    Src 10.10.10.10 Dst 30.30.30.30, Tunnel ID 1, Tunnel Instance 5508
		    Path Info:1
		      Incoming Address: 7.3.3.1
		Incoming      Explicit Route:
		        Strict, 7.3.3.1
		        Loose, 30.30.30.30
		     ERO Expansion Info: 
		      ospf 100 area 0, Metric 1 (TE), Affinity 0x0, Mask 0xffff, Queries 0
		      Outgoing      Explicit Route:
		        Strict, 7.2.2.1
		        Strict, 30.30.30.30
		Record Route: None
		      Tspec: avg rate=10 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=10 kbits
		    Resv Info:
		      Record Route:
		        IPv4 30.30.30.30, flags 0x20
		        Label 3, flags 0x1
		        IPv4 7.3.3.2, flags 0x0
		        Label 3, flags 0x1
		      Fspec: avg rate=10 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=10 kbits
		Displayed 0 (of 1) heads, 1 (of 1) midpoints, 0 (of 1) tails
		Displayed 0 up, 0 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This sample output shows a tabular table for TE LSPs by using the tabular keyword:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels tabular
		
		Tunnel                LSP     Destination          Source     Tun     FRR    LSP
		Name                   ID         Address         Address   State   State   Role
		------------------ ------ --------------- --------------- ------- ------- ------
	 tunnel-mte100      1         172.16.0.1     60.60.60.60      up   Inact   Head
		     tunnel-mte300      1     60.60.60.60        172.16.0.1       up   Inact   Tail
		     tunnel-te1060      2        10.6.6.6        10.1.1.1      up   Inact   Head
		   PE6_C12406_t607      2        10.7.7.7        10.6.6.6      up   Inact    Mid
		   PE6_C12406_t608      2        10.8.8.8        10.6.6.6      up   Inact    Mid
		   PE6_C12406_t609      2        10.9.9.9        10.6.6.6      up   Inact    Mid
		   PE6_C12406_t610      2     10.10.10.10        10.6.6.6      up   Inact    Mid
		   PE6_C12406_t621      2     10.21.21.21        10.6.6.6      up   Inact    Mid
		   PE7_C12406_t706    835        10.6.6.6        10.7.7.7      up   Inact    Mid
		   PE7_C12406_t721    603     10.21.21.21        10.7.7.7      up   Inact    Mid
		    Tunnel_PE8-PE6   4062        10.6.6.6        10.8.8.8      up   Inact    Mid
		   Tunnel_PE8-PE21   6798     10.21.21.21        10.8.8.8      up   Inact    Mid
		    Tunnel_PE9-PE6   4062        10.6.6.6        10.9.9.9      up   Inact    Mid
		   Tunnel_PE9-PE21   6795     10.21.21.21        10.9.9.9      up   Inact    Mid
		   Tunnel_PE10-PE6   4091        10.6.6.6     10.10.10.10      up   Inact    Mid
		  Tunnel_PE10-PE21   6821     10.21.21.21     10.10.10.10      up   Inact    Mid
		 PE21_C12406_t2106      2        10.6.6.6     10.21.21.21      up   Ready    Mid
		 PE21_C12406_t2107      2        10.7.7.7     10.21.21.21      up   Inact    Mid
		 PE21_C12406_t2108      2        10.8.8.8     10.21.21.21      up   Inact    Mid
		 PE21_C12406_t2109      2        10.9.9.9     10.21.21.21      up   Inact    Mid
		 PE21_C12406_t2110      2     10.10.10.10     10.21.21.21      up   Inact    Mid
		  PE6_C12406_t6070      2        10.7.7.7        10.6.6.6      up   Inact    Mid
		  PE7_C12406_t7060    626        10.6.6.6        10.7.7.7      up   Inact    Mid
        tunnel-te1        1       200.0.0.3       200.0.0.1      up   Inact   Head InAct
       tunnel-te100       1       200.0.0.3       200.0.0.1      up   Ready   Head InAct
    HundredGigE0/0/0/3    2       100.0.0.1       200.0.0.1      up   Inact   Head InAct
    HundredGigE0/0/0/4    6       200.0.0.1       100.0.0.1      up   Inact   Tail InAct

This sample output shows a tabular table indicating automatic backup tunnels when using the tabular keyword:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels tabular

            Tunnel    LSP     Destination          Source             FRR    LSP  Path
              Name     ID         Address         Address   State   State   Role  Prot
------------------ ------ --------------- --------------- ------- ------- ------ -----
        tunnel-te0    549       200.0.0.3       200.0.0.1      up   Inact   Head InAct
        tunnel-te1    546       200.0.0.3       200.0.0.1      up   Inact   Head InAct
        tunnel-te2      6       200.0.0.3       200.0.0.1      up   Inact   Head InAct
      *tunnel-te50      6       200.0.0.3       200.0.0.1      up  Active   Head InAct
      *tunnel-te60      4       200.0.0.3       200.0.0.1      up  Active   Head InAct
      *tunnel-te70      4       200.0.0.3       200.0.0.1      up  Active   Head InAct
      *tunnel-te80      3       200.0.0.3       200.0.0.1      up  Active   Head InAct

* = automatically created backup tunnel

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 23. show mpls traffic-eng tunnels tabular Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Tunnel Name	MPLS-TE tunnel name.
LSP ID	LSP ID of the tunnel.
Destination Address	Destination address of the TE tunnel (identified in Tunnel Name).
Source Address	Source address for the filtered tunnels.
Tunnel State	State of the tunnel. Values are up, down, or admin-down.
FRR State	FRR state identifier.
LSP Role	Role identifier. Values are All, Head, or Tail.

This sample output shows a path protection for tunnel ID 10:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels protection path tunnel-id 10
		
		Tun ID 10, Src 22.2.22.2 Dst 66.6.66.6, Ext ID 22.2.22.2 
		  Switchover 00:08:22 ago, Standby Path: {Not found | Link diverse | Node diverse | Node and Link diverse} 
		Current LSP: LSP ID 10022, Up time 12:10:24, 
		    Local lbl: 16001, Out Interface: HundredGigE0/0/0/3, Out lbl: implicit-null 
		    Path: 10.0.0.1, 172.16.0.1, 192.168.0.1, 8.8.8.8 
		Standby LSP: None | LSP ID, Up time 12:00:05, 
		    Local lbl: 16002, Out Interface: HundredGigE0/0/0/4, Out lbl: implicit-null 
		    Path 4.4.4.4, 5.5.5.5, 6.6.6.6, 7.7.7.7

This sample output shows the path protection in a tabular format:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels protection path tabular
		
		Tunnel  Current  Standby       Protected                   Standby
		      ID   LSP ID   LSP ID           State                 Diversity
		     155       10       11           Ready     Node and Link Diverse
		    1501       11       12           Ready     Node and Link Diverse
		    1502       10       11           Ready     Node and Link Diverse
		    1504       10       11           Ready     Node and Link Diverse
		    1505       10       11           Ready     Node and Link Diverse

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 24. show mpls traffic-eng tunnels protection path tabular Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Tunnel ID	Identifier of the tunnel.
Current LSP ID	Identifier of the LSP that is carrying traffic.
Standby LSP ID	Identifier of the standby LSP that is protecting traffic.
Protected State	Values are Ready and Not Ready.
Standby Diversity	Values are Node and Link Diverse along with Node Diverse and Link Diverse. Values that state that the current and standby LSP do not have nodes or links in common. The current and standby LSP do not have nodes in common (but can share a link), or they have no links in common (but can share nodes).

This sample output shows the MPLS-TE tunnel information only for tunnels in which the automatic bandwidth is enabled using the auto-bw keyword:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw
		
		Signalling Summary:
		              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
		                     RSVP Process:  running
		                       Forwarding:  enabled
		          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 636 seconds
		           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 276 seconds
		          Auto-bw enabled tunnels:  1
		
		Name: tunnel-te1  Destination: 0.0.0.0
		  Status:
		    Admin:    up Oper: down   Path: not valid   Signalling: Down
		    G-PID: 0x0800 (internally specified)
		    Bandwidth Requested: 0 kbps  CT0
		
		  Config Parameters:
		    Bandwidth:        0 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
		    Metric Type: TE (default)
		    AutoRoute: disabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
		    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
		Auto-bw: (collect bw only)
		      Last BW Applied: 500 kbps (CT0)   BW Applications: 25
		      Last Application Trigger: Periodic Application
		      Bandwidth Min/Max: 10-10900 kbps
		      Application Frequency: 10 min (Cfg: 10 min)  Time Left: 5m 34s
		      Collection Frequency: 2 min
		      Samples Collected: 2   Highest BW: 450 kbps   Next: 1m 34s
		      Adjustment Threshold: 5%
		      Overflow Threshold: 15%   Limit: 1/4   Early BW Applications: 0
		    Direction: unidirectional
		    Endpoint switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		    Transit switching capability: unknown, encoding type: unassigned
		    Fast Reroute: Disabled, Protection Desired: None
		
		  Reason for the tunnel being down: No destination is configured
		  History:
		Displayed 1 (of 1) heads, 0 (of 0) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails
		Displayed 0 up, 1 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 25. show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw Command Field Descriptions
Field	Description
collect bw only	Field is displayed only if the bandwidth collection is configured in the tunnel automatic bandwidth configuration.
Last BW Applied	Last bandwidth change that is requested by the automatic bandwidth for the tunnel. In addition, this field indicates which pool is used for the bandwidth.
BW Applications	Total number of bandwidth applications that is requested by the automatic bandwidth, which includes the applications triggered by an overflow condition.
Last Application Trigger	These last application options are displayed: Periodic Application Overflow Detected Manual Application
Bandwidth Min/Max	Bandwidth configured is either minimum or maximum.
Application Frequency	Configured application frequency. The Time Left field indicates the time left before the next application executes.
Collection Frequency	Globally configured collection frequency, which is the same value for all the tunnels.
Samples Collected	Number of samples that are collected during the current application period. This field is replaced by the Collection Disabled field if Collection Frequency is not currently configured.
Highest BW	Highest bandwidth that is collected for the application period.
Next	Time left before the next collection event.
Overflow Threshold	Overflow threshold that is configured. The Overflow field appears only if the overflow detection is configured in the tunnel automatic bandwidth configuration.
Limit	Consecutive overflow detected or configured limit.
Early BW Applications	Number of early bandwidth applications that are triggered by an overflow condition.

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command after the NNHOP SRLG preferred automatic backup tunnel is configured:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels 1

Signalling Summary:
              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
                     RSVP Process:  running
                       Forwarding:  enabled
          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 2524 seconds
           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 49 seconds
          Auto-bw enabled tunnels:  1

Name: tunnel-te1  Destination: 200.0.0.3 (auto backup)
  Status:
    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected

    path option 10,  type explicit (autob_nnhop_srlg_tunnel1) (Basis for Setup, path weight 11)
    path option 20,  type explicit (autob_nnhop_tunnel1)
    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
    Bandwidth Requested: 0 kbps  CT0
    Creation Time: Fri Jul 10 01:53:25.581 PST  (1h 25m 17s ago)

  Config Parameters:
    Bandwidth:        0 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
    Metric Type: TE (default)
    AutoRoute: disabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
    Forwarding-Adjacency: disabled

Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
    Auto-bw: disabled
    Fast Reroute: Disabled, Protection Desired: None
    Path Protection: Not Enabled
  Auto Backup:
     Protected LSPs: 4
     Protected S2L Sharing Families: 0
     Protected S2Ls: 0
     Protected i/f: HundredGigE0/0/0/2    Protected node: 20.0.0.2
     Protection: NNHOP+SRLG
     Unused removal timeout: not running
  History:
    Tunnel has been up for: 00:00:08
    Current LSP:
      Uptime: 00:00:08
    Prior LSP:
      ID: path option 1 [545]
      Removal Trigger: configuration changed

  Path info (OSPF 0 area 0):
  Hop0: 10.0.0.2
  Hop1: 100.0.0.2
  Hop2: 100.0.0.3
  Hop3: 200.0.0.3

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 26. show mpls traffic-eng tunnels Command Field Descriptions

Field

Description

Auto Backup

Auto backup section header.

Creation Time

Time when the tunnel was created and for what period was the tunnel created.

Protected LSPs

Number of ready and active LSPs protected by this backup.

Protected S2L Sharing Familes

Number of ready and active sharing families protected by this backup.

Protected S2Ls

Number of ready and active primary tunnels protected by this backup.

Protected i/f

Protected node

Interface and NNHOP node protected by this backup.

Protection: NNHOP+SRLG

Type of protection provided by this backup.

Note

Protection can be different when a preferred SRLG is configured and an SRLG path is not found.

Example when backup is in use:

Unused removal timeout: not running

Example when backup is unused:

Unused removal timeout: 1h26m

Amount of time left before the unused removal timout expires. This timer only runs when the backup is in the unused state. After the timer expires, the automatic backup tunnel is removed.

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the detail keyword:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels 999 detail

Name: tunnel-te999  Destination: 10.0.0.1
  Status:
    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected

    path option 1,  type dynamic  (Basis for Setup, path weight 2)
      Path-option attribute: po
        Number of affinity constraints: 2
           Include bit map       : 0x4
           Include name          : blue
           Exclude bit map       : 0x2
           Exclude name          : red

        Bandwidth: 300 (CT0)
    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
    Bandwidth Requested: 300 kbps  CT0
    Creation Time: Fri Jan 14 23:35:58 2017 (00:00:42 ago)
  Config Parameters:
    Bandwidth:      100 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
    Metric Type: TE (default)
    Hop-limit: disabled
    AutoRoute: disabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
    Forwarding-Adjacency: disabled
    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
    Auto-bw: disabled
    Fast Reroute: Enabled, Protection Desired: Any
    Path Protection: Not Enabled
    Soft Preemption: Disabled
  SNMP Index: 42
  History:
    Tunnel has been up for: 00:00:30 (since Fri Jan 14 23:36:10 EST 2017)
    Current LSP:
      Uptime: 00:00:30 (since Fri Jan 14 23:36:10 EST 2017)
  Current LSP Info:
    Instance: 2, Signaling Area: OSPF 100 area 16909060
    Uptime: 00:00:30 (since Fri Jan 14 23:36:10 EST 2017)
    Outgoing Interface: HundredGigE0/0/0/4, Outgoing Label: 16005
    Router-IDs: local      192.168.0.1
                downstream 172.16.0.1
    Soft Preemption: None
    Path Info:
      Outgoing:
        Explicit Route:
          Strict, 23.9.0.2
          Strict, 12.9.0.2
          Strict, 12.9.0.1
          Strict, 10.0.0.1

      Record Route: Disabled
      Tspec: avg rate=300 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=300 kbits
      Session Attributes: Local Prot: Set, Node Prot: Not Set, BW Prot: Not Set
                          Soft Preemption Desired: Not Set
    Resv Info:
      Record Route:
        IPv4 172.16.0.1, flags 0x20
        Label 16005, flags 0x1
        IPv4 23.9.0.2, flags 0x0
        Label 16005, flags 0x1
        IPv4 10.0.0.1, flags 0x20
        Label 3, flags 0x1
        IPv4 12.9.0.1, flags 0x0
        Label 3, flags 0x1
      Fspec: avg rate=300 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=300 kbits Displayed 1 (of 8) heads, 0 (of 3) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails Displayed 1 up, 0 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the auto-tunnel backup keywords:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-tunnel backup

AutoTunnel Backup Configuration: 
  Interfaces count: 30
  Unused removal timeout: 2h
  Configured tunnel number range: 0-100
AutoTunnel Backup Summary:
         50 created, 50 up, 0 down, 8 unused
         25 NHOP, 25 NNHOP, 10 SRLG strict, 10 SRLG pref
Protected LSPs: 
         10 NHOP, 20 NHOP+SRLG
         15 NNHOP, 5 NNHOP+SRLG
Protected S2L Sharing Families: 
         10 NHOP, 20 NHOP+SRLG
         15 NNHOP, 5 NNHOP+SRLG
Protected S2Ls: 
         10 NHOP, 20 NHOP+SRLG
         15 NNHOP, 5 NNHOP+SRLG 

Cumulative Counters (last cleared 1h ago):
                   Total     NHOP   NNHOP
 Created:            550      300     250
 Connected:          500      250     250
 Removed (down):       0        0       0
 Removed (unused):   200      100     100
 Removed (in use):     0        0       0
 Range exceeded:       0        0       0

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 27. show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-tunnel backup Command Field Descriptions

Field

Description

AutoTunnel Backup Configuration

Header for the automatic tunnel backup configuration.

Interfaces count

Number of interfaces that have automatic tunnel backup enabled.

Unused removal timeout

Configured value and time left before expiration of the unused removal timeout attribute.

Configured tunnel number range

Configured tunnel number range.

AutoTunnel Backup Summary

Header for the automatic tunnel backup summary information.

50 created

Number of automatic backup tunnels created.

50 up

Number of automatic backup tunnels in the up state.

0 down

Number of automatic backup tunnels in the down state.

8 unused

Number of automatic backup tunnels in the unused state.

25 NHOP

Number of automatic backup tunnels created for NHOP protection.

25 NNHOP

Number of automatic backup tunnels created for NNHOP protection.

10 SRLG strict

Number of automatic backup tunnels created with the SRLG preferred attribute.

10 SRLG pref

Number of automatic backup tunnels created with the SRLG preferred attribute.

Protected LSPs

Protected S2L Sharing Families

Protected S2Ls

Headings for summary information showing current status of LSPs, S2L Sharing Families, and S2Ls that are protected by the automatic tunnel backups. Numbers include primary tunnels in FRR ready and active state.

10 NHOP

Number of automatic backup tunnels that are link protected.

20 NHOP+SRLG

Number of automatic backup tunnels that are link protected and using an SRLG diverse backup path.

15 NNHOP

Number of automatic backup tunnels that are node protected.

20 NNHOP+SRLG

Number of automatic backup tunnels that are node protected and use an SRLG diverse backup path.

Cumulative Counters (last cleared 1h ago):

Cumulative counters for automatic backup tunnels.

Headers: Total, NHOP, NNHOP

Total number of counters and breakdown of NHOP and NNHOP counters.

Created:

Cumulative number of created automatic backup tunnels since the last counter was cleared.

Connected:

Cumulative number of the connected automatic backup tunnels since the last counter was cleared.

Note

Counter increments only the first time that a tunnel connects.

Removed (down/unused/in use)

Number of automatic backup tunnels that are removed based on state.

Range exceeded

Number of automatic backup tunnels attempted and later rejected when the total number exceeds the configured range.

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels name tunnel-te1 detail command, which displays the soft preemption information for the tunnel-te1 tunnel:



RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels name tunnel-te1 detail
Name: tunnel-te1  Destination: 192.168.0.4
  Status:
    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected

    path option 1,  type explicit ABC1 (Basis for Setup, path weight 2)
    Last PCALC Error [Reopt]: Fri Jan 13 16:40:24 2017
      Info: Can't reach 10.10.10.2 on 192.168.0.2, from node 192.168.0.1 (bw)
    Last Signalled Error: Fri Jan 13 16:38:53 2017
      Info: [2] PathErr(34,1)-(reroute, flow soft-preempted) at 10.10.10.1
    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
    Bandwidth Requested: 30000 kbps  CT0
    Creation Time: Thu Jan 13 15:46:45 2017 (00:53:44 ago)
  Config Parameters:
    Bandwidth:    30000 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
    Metric Type: TE (default)
    Hop-limit: disabled
    AutoRoute:  enabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
    Forwarding-Adjacency: disabled
    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
    Auto-bw: disabled
    Fast Reroute: Enabled, Protection Desired: Any
    Path Protection: Not Enabled
    Soft Preemption: Enabled
  Soft Preemption:
    Current Status: Preemption pending
    Last Soft Preemption: Fri Jan 13 16:38:53 2017 (00:01:36 ago)
      Addresses of preempting links:
        10.10.10.1: Fri Jan 13 16:38:53 2017 (00:01:36 ago)
      Duration in preemption pending: 96 seconds
      Preemption Resolution: Pending
    Stats:
      Number of preemption pending events: 1
      Min duration in preemption pending: 0 seconds
      Max duration in preemption pending: 0 seconds
      Average duration in preemption pending: 0 seconds
      Resolution Counters: 0 reopt complete, 0 torn down
                           0 path protection switchover
 SNMP Index: 9
  History:
    Tunnel has been up for: 00:52:46 (since Thu Jan 13 15:47:43 EDT 2017)
    Current LSP:
      Uptime: 00:52:46 (since Thu Jan 13 15:47:43 EDT 2017)
    Reopt. LSP:
      Last Failure:
        LSP not signalled, has no S2Ls
        Date/Time: Thu Jan 13 16:40:24 EDT 2017 [00:00:05 ago]
    Prior LSP:
      ID: path option 1 [2]
      Removal Trigger: path error
  Current LSP Info:
    Instance: 2, Signaling Area: OSPF ring area 0
    Uptime: 00:52:46 (since Thu Jan 13 15:47:43 EDT 2017)
    Outgoing Interface: HundredGigE0/0/0/3, Outgoing Label: 16002
    Router-IDs: local      192.168.0.1
                downstream 192.168.0.2
    Soft Preemption: Pending
      Preemption Link: HundredGigE0/0/0/3; Address: 10.10.10.1
      Preempted at: Fri Jan 13 16:38:53 2017 (00:01:36 ago)
      Time left before hard preemption: 204 seconds
    Path Info:
      Outgoing:
      Explicit Route:
        Strict, 10.10.10.2
        Strict, 14.14.14.2
        Strict, 14.14.14.4
        Strict, 192.168.0.4
      Record Route: Empty
      Tspec: avg rate=30000 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=30000 kbits
      Session Attributes: Local Prot: Set, Node Prot: Not Set, BW Prot: Not Set
                          Soft Preemption Desired: Set
    Resv Info:
      Record Route:
        IPv4 192.168.0.2, flags 0x20
        Label 16002, flags 0x1
        IPv4 10.10.10.2, flags 0x0
        Label 16002, flags 0x1
        IPv4 192.168.0.4, flags 0x20
        Label 3, flags 0x1
        IPv4 14.14.14.4, flags 0x0
        Label 3, flags 0x1
      Fspec: avg rate=30000 kbits, burst=1000 bytes, peak rate=30000 kbits
Displayed 1 (of 4) heads, 0 (of 0) midpoints, 0 (of 2) tails
Displayed 1 up, 0 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This is sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command with the mesh keyword:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-tunnel
Signalling Summary:
              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
                     RSVP Process:  running
                       Forwarding:  enabled
          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 3098 seconds
           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 238 seconds
          Auto-bw enabled tunnels:  1000

Name: tunnel-te9000  Destination: 20.20.20.20 (auto-tunnel mesh)
  Status:
    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected
    path option 10,  type dynamic (Basis for Setup, path weight 11)
    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
    Bandwidth Requested: 0 kbps  CT0
    Creation Time: Fri Jan 14 09:09:31 2010 (01:41:20 ago)
  Config Parameters:
    Bandwidth:        0 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
    Metric Type: TE (default)
    AutoRoute: disabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
    Forwarding-Adjacency: disabled
    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
    Auto-bw: disabled
    Fast Reroute: Disabled, Protection Desired: None
    Path Protection: Not Enabled
    Attribute-set: TA-NAME (type auto-mesh)
Auto-tunnel Mesh:
  Group 40: Destination-list dl-40
    Unused removal timeout: not running
  History:
    Tunnel has been up for: 01:40:53 (since Fri Jan 14 09:09:58 EST 2010)
    Current LSP:
      Uptime: 01:41:00 (since Fri Jan 14 09:09:51 EST 2010)
    Reopt. LSP:
      Last Failure:
        LSP not signalled, identical to the [CURRENT] LSP
        Date/Time: Fri Jan 14 09:42:30 EST 2010 [01:08:21 ago]

  Path info (OSPF 100 area 0):
  Hop0: 7.0.15.1
  Hop1: 20.20.20.20

This shows an auto-tunnel mesh summary sample output from the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels command using the summary keyword:

RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels summary
Fri Jan 14 10:46:34.677 EST

              LSP Tunnels Process:  running
                     RSVP Process:  running
                       Forwarding:  enabled
          Periodic reoptimization:  every 3600 seconds, next in 3354 seconds
           Periodic FRR Promotion:  every 300 seconds, next in 193 seconds
      Periodic auto-bw collection:  1000

Signalling Summary:
    Head: 2000 interfaces, 2000 active signalling attempts, 2000 established
          2000 explicit, 0 dynamic
          9250 activations, 7250 deactivations
          0 recovering, 2000 recovered
    Mids: 0
    Tails: 0

Fast ReRoute Summary:
    Head:     1000 FRR tunnels, 1000 protected, 0 rerouted
    Mid:      0 FRR tunnels, 0 protected, 0 rerouted
    Summary:  1000 protected, 500 link protected, 500 node protected, 0 bw protected

<snip>

Auto-tunnel Mesh Summary:
  Auto-mesh Tunnels:
      50 created, 50 up, 0 down, 25 FRR, 20 FRR enabled
Mesh Groups:
    4 groups, 50 destinations

This sample output displays the Signalled-Name information:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls traffic-eng tunnels
Name: tunnel-te1  Destination: 192.168.0.4
Signalled-Name: rtrA_t1 
  Status:
    Admin:    up Oper:   up   Path:  valid   Signalling: connected
.
.
.

This sample output displays the cost-limit configuration information:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls traffic-eng tunnels detail 
Name: tunnel-te1    
  Signalled-Name: ios_t1
  Status:
    Admin:    up Oper: down   Path: not valid   Signalling: Down
    G-PID: 0x0800 (derived from egress interface properties)
    Bandwidth Requested: 0 kbps  CT0
    Creation Time: Fri Jan 15 13:00:29 2014 (5d06h ago)
  Config Parameters:
    Bandwidth:        0 kbps (CT0) Priority:  7  7 Affinity: 0x0/0xffff
    Metric Type: TE (default)
    Hop-limit: disabled
    Cost-limit: 2
    AutoRoute: disabled  LockDown: disabled   Policy class: not set
    Forward class: 0 (default)
    Forwarding-Adjacency: disabled
    Loadshare:          0 equal loadshares
    Auto-bw: disabled
    Fast Reroute: Disabled, Protection Desired: None
    Path Protection: Not Enabled
    BFD Fast Detection: Disabled
    Reoptimization after affinity failure: Enabled
    Soft Preemption: Disabled
  Reason for the tunnel being down: No destination is configured
  SNMP Index: 10
Displayed 1 (of 1) heads, 0 (of 0) midpoints, 0 (of 0) tails
Displayed 0 up, 1 down, 0 recovering, 0 recovered heads

This sample output displays the 'Traffic switched to FRR backup tunnel' message, when the FRR backup is activated as part of soft-preemption:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls traffic-eng tunnels detail
.
.
.
Soft Preemption: Pending
      Preemption Link: HundredGigE0/0/0/3; Address: 14.14.14.2
      Traffic switched to FRR backup tunnel-te 1000 
      Preempted at: Fri Jan 27 12:56:14 2017 (00:00:03 ago)
      Time left before hard preemption: 96 seconds
.
.
.

show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw brief

To display the list of automatic bandwidth enabled tunnels, and to indicate if the current signaled bandwidth of the tunnel is identical to the bandwidth that is applied by the automatic bandwidth, use the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw brief command in XR EXEC mode.

show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw brief

Syntax Description

This command has no arguments or keywords.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

Use the show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw brief command to determine if the automatic bandwidth application has been applied on a specified tunnel. If a single tunnel is specified, only the information for that tunnel is displayed.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read

Examples

The following sample output shows the list of automatic bandwidth enabled tunnels:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw brief
  
  Tunnel    LSP  Last appl  Requested  Signalled    Highest    Application
  Name       ID   BW(kbps)   BW(kbps)   BW(kbps)   BW(kbps)      Time Left
  -------------- ------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------------
  tunnel-te0      1           10          10         50      2h 5m
  tunnel-te1      5          500         300        420     1h 10m

This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.

Table 28. show mpls traffic-eng tunnels auto-bw brief Field Descriptions
Field	Description
Tunnel Name	Name for the tunnel.
LSP ID	ID of the Label Switched Path that is used by the tunnel.
Last appl BW (kbps)	Last bandwidth applied (for example, requested) by the automatic-bandwidth feature for the tunnel.
Requested BW (kbps)	Bandwidth that is requested for the tunnel.
Signalled BW (kbps)	Bandwidth that is actually signalled for the tunnel.
Highest BW (kbps)	Highest bandwidth measured since the last start of the application interval.
Application Time Left	Time left until the application period ends for this tunnel.

show srlg

To show the SRLG interface and configuration information, use the show srlg command in XR EXEC mode.

show srlg [group group-name] [inherit-location {location}] [interface type interface-path-id] [location {name | mgmt-nodes}] [mapping {location | name}] [name name] [optical-interface {location | interface-id}] [producers name] [value value-number] [trace {file filename original | hexdump | last entries | reverse | stats | tailf | unique | verbose | wrapping}]

Syntax Description

group group-name

(Optional) Specifies a group.

inherit-location location

(Optional) Specifies a particular location.

interface type

(Optional) Displays information on the specific interface type. For more information, use the question mark (?) online help function.

interface-path-id

Physical interface or virtual interface.

Note

Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all interfaces currently configured on the router.

For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark (?) online help function.

location

(Optional) Specifies a node.

node-id

Node ID. The node-id argument is entered in the rack/slot/module notation.

all

Specifies all locations.

mgmt-nodes

Specifies all management nodes.

mapping

(Optional) Specifies a mapping

location

Node location

name

Name of the mapping

name name

(Optional) Specifies an SRLG name.

optical-interface interface-id

(Optional) Specifies an optical interface.

producers name

(Optional) Specifies a SRLG producer.

value value-number

(Optional) Displays SRLG value numbers.

trace

(Optional) Displays trace information for SRLG.

file filename

(Optional) Displays trace information for a specific file name.

original

Displays the original location of the file.

hexdump

(Optional) Displays traces in hexadecimal format.

last

(Optional) Displays trace information for a specific number of entries.

entries

Number of entries. Replace entries with the number of entries you want to display. For example, if you enter 5, the display shows the last 5 entries in the trace data. Range is 1 to 4294967295.

reverse

(Optional) Displays the latest traces first.

stats

(Optional) Displays the statistics in the command output.

tailf

(Optional) Displays the new traces as they are added in the command output.

unique

(Optional) Displays the unique entries with counts in the command output.

verbose

(Optional) Displays the information for internal debugging in the command output.

wrapping

(Optional) Displays the wrapping entries in the command output.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

XR EXEC mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
ip-services	read

Examples

The following sample output is from the show srlg value command.

    

     System Information::
     Interface Count   : 2 (Maximum Interfaces Supported 250)

    Interface 		: HundredGigE0/0/0/3, Value Count : 2
    SRLG Values	: 10,20

    Interface 		: HundredGigE0/0/0/3, Value Count : 2
    SRLG Values	: 10,30
 
    Interface 		: HundredGigE0/0/0/3, Value Count : 2
    SRLG Values	: 10,40

    Interface		: HundredGigE0/0/0/3, Value Count : 1
    SRLG Values	: 100

signalled-bandwidth

To configure the bandwidth required for an MPLS-TE tunnel, use the signalled-bandwidth command in interface configuration mode. To disable the behavior, use the no form of this command.

signalled-bandwidth {bandwidth [class-type ct] | sub-pool bandwidth}

no signalled-bandwidth {bandwidth [class-type ct] | sub-pool bandwidth}

Syntax Description


`bandwidth`	Bandwidth required for an MPLS-TE tunnel. Bandwidth is specified in kilobits per second. By default, bandwidth is reserved in the global pool. Range is from 0 to 4294967295.
class-type `ct`	(Optional) Configures the class type of the tunnel bandwidth request. Range is from 0 to 1. Class-type 0 is strictly equivalent to global-pool. Class-type 1 is strictly equivalent to subpool.
sub-pool `bandwidth`	Reserves the bandwidth in the subpool instead of the global pool. Range is 1 to 4294967295. A subpool bandwidth value of 0 is not allowed.

Command Default

The default is 0 in class-type 0.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The signalled-bandwidth command supports two bandwidth pools (class-types) for the Diff-Serv Aware TE (DS-TE) feature. This command is also used as the bandwidth startup value to bring up the auto bandwidth enabled tunnels.

Note

The Cisco Diff-Serve Aware TE feature is compliant to IETF standard and will interoperate with third party vendor DS-TE. Both Russian Doll Model and Maximum Allocation Model for bandwidth allocation are supported. We recommended that IETF terminology be used in DS-TE bandwidth configurations, namely, Class-type (CT) and Bandwidth Constraints (BC).

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to set the bandwidth required for an MPLS-TE tunnel to 1000 in the global pool (class-type 0):


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-bandwidth 1000
  
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-bandwidth 1000 class-type 0

This example shows how to set the bandwidth required for an MPLS-TE tunnel to 1000 in the sub-pool (class-type 1):


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-bandwidth sub-pool 1000
  
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-bandwidth 1000 class-type 1

signalled-name

To configure the name of the tunnel required for an MPLS-TE tunnel, use the signalled-name command in interface configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

signalled-name name

no signalled-bandwidth name

Syntax Description


`name`	Name used to signal the tunnel.

Command Default

Default name is the hostname_tID, where ID is the tunnel interface number.

Command Modes

Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the tunnel name:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# interface tunnel-te 1
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)# signalled-name tunnel-from-NY-to-NJ

snmp traps mpls traffic-eng

To enable the router to send Multiprotocol Label Switching traffic engineering (MPLS-TE) Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) notifications or informs, use the snmp traps mpls traffic-eng command in XR Config mode. To disable this behavior, use the no form of this command.

snmp traps mpls traffic-eng [notification-option] preempt

no snmp traps mpls traffic-eng [notification-option]

Syntax Description


`notification-option`	(Optional) Notification option to enable the sending of notifications to indicate changes in the status of MPLS-TE tunnels. Use one of these values: up down reoptimize reroute cisco-ext
preempt	Enables MPLS-TE tunnel preempt trap.

Command Default

None

Command Modes

XR Config mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

If the command is entered without the notification-option argument, all MPLS-TE notification types are enabled.

SNMP notifications can be sent as either traps or inform requests.

The snmp-server enable traps mpls traffic-eng command enables both traps and inform requests for the specified notification types. To specify whether the notifications should be sent as traps or informs, use the snmp-server host command and specify the keyword trap or informs .

If you do not enter the snmp traps mpls traffic-eng command, no MPLS-TE notifications controlled by this command are sent. To configure the router to send these MPLS-TE SNMP notifications, you must enter at least one snmp enable traps mpls traffic-eng command. If you enter the command with no keywords, all MPLS-TE notification types are enabled. If you enter the command with a keyword, only the notification type related to that keyword is enabled. To enable multiple types of MPLS-TE notifications, you must issue a separate snmp traps mpls traffic-eng command for each notification type and notification option.

The snmp traps mpls traffic-eng command is used in conjunction with the snmp host command. Use the snmp host command to specify which host or hosts receive MPLS-TE SNMP notifications. To send notifications, you must configure at least one snmp host command.

For a host to receive an MPLS-TE notification controlled by this command, both the snmp traps mpls traffic-eng command and the snmp host command for that host must be enabled.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read/write

Examples

This example shows how to configure a router to send MPLS-TE tunnel up SNMP notifications when a configured MPLS-TE tunnel leaves the down state and enters the up state:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# snmp traps mpls traffic-eng up

soft-preemption

To enable soft-preemption with default timeout on a head-end for the MPLS TE tunnel, use the soft-preemption command in MPLS TE mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

soft-preemption timeout seconds

no soft-preemption


timeout `seconds`	Defines the timeout for soft-preempted LSP, in seconds. The default timeout is 60. Range is from 30 to 300.

Command Default

The default timeout secondsis 60 seconds.

Command Modes

MPLS TE configuration

Tunnel Interface configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
MPLS-TE	write

Examples

This example shows how to enable soft-preemption on a specific tunnel:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#interface tunnel-te 50
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-if)#soft-preemption

This example shows how to enable soft-preemption on a node :

 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#soft-preemption 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-soft-preemption)#

soft-preemption frr-rewrite

To enable LSP traffic over backup tunnel, when LSP is soft-preempted, use the soft-preemption frr-rewrite command in MPLS TE configuration mode. To disable the LSP traffic over backup tunnel, use the no form of this command.

soft-preemption frr-rewrite

no soft-preemption frr-rewrite

Syntax Description

This command has no keywords or arguments.

Command Default

FRR LSP traffic over backup tunnel is disabled.

Command Modes

MPLS TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

The fast re-route backup tunnel must be available and ready for the traffic of the preempted LSP to be moved onto the FRR backup. The traffic will not be moved to the backup tunnel, if an LSP is already soft-preempted.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

This example shows how to enable FRR LSP traffic over backup tunnels, when the LSP is soft-preempted.



RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)#soft-preemption frr-rewrite

srlg

To configure an MPLS traffic engineering shared-risk link group (SRLG) value for a link on a given interface, use the srlg command in global configuration mode. To disable this configuration, use the no form of this command.

srlg value

no srlg value

Syntax Description


`value`	Value number that identifies the SRLG. Range is 0 to 4294967295.

Command Default

Shared Risk Link Group memberships are not configured.

Command Modes

MPLS-TE interface configuration

XR Config mode

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced.

Usage Guidelines

You can enter up to 30 SRLG entries on the ingress and egress ports of the interface. SRLG entries configured over 30 are silently dropped.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to configure an SRLG with 10 member links:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# interface HundredGigE 0/0/0/3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te-if)# srlg 10


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#(config)# srlg
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#(config-srlg)# interface HundredGigE 0/0/0/3
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#(config-srlg-if)# value 10

timeout (soft-preemption)

To override the soft-preemption default timeout, use the timeout command in MPLS TE mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.

soft-preemption timeout seconds

no soft-preemption

Syntax Description


timeout `seconds`	Defines the timeout for soft-preempted LSP, in seconds. The default timeout is 60. Range is from 30 to 300.

Command Default

The default timeout seconds is 60 seconds.

Command Modes

MPLS TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
MPLS-TE	write

Examples

This example shows how to override the soft-preemption default timeout:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# soft-preemption
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-soft-preemption)# timeout 60

timers loose-path (MPLS-TE)

To configure the period between the headend retries after path errors, use the timers loose-path command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

timers loose-path retry-period value

no timers loose-path retry-period value

Syntax Description


retry-period `value`	Configures the time, in seconds, between retries upon a path error. Range is 30 to 600.

Command Default

value : 120

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced

Usage Guidelines

No specific guidelines impact the use of this command.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to the period between retries after path errors to 300 seconds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# timers loose-path retry-period 300

timers removal unused (auto-tunnel backup)

To configure the frequency at which a timer scans backup autotunnels and removes tunnels that are not in use, use the timers removal unused (auto-tunnel backup) command in auto-tunnel backup configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

timers removal unused frequency

no timers removal unused frequency

Syntax Description



`frequency`	Frequency, in minutes, between backup autotunnel scans to remove tunnels that are not used. Range is 0; 5 to 10080 minutes (7 days). A value of 0 disables the scanning and removal of tunnels.

Command Default

frequency: 60

Command Modes

auto-tunnel backup configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced

Usage Guidelines

The unused auto-tunnel backup tunnel is the tunnel that is not assigned to protect any FRR tunnel.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows that unused automatic backup tunnels are removed after the 10 minute timer scan is reached.


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# auto-tunnel backup
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-auto-bk)# timers removal unused 10

topology holddown sigerr (MPLS-TE)

To specify the time that a router should ignore a link in its TE topology database in tunnel path constrained shortest path first (CSPF) computations following a TE tunnel signaling error on the link, use the topology holddown sigerr command in MPLS-TE configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

topology holddown sigerr seconds

no topology holddown sigerr seconds

Syntax Description


`seconds`	Time that the router ignores a link during tunnel path calculations, following a TE tunnel error on the link, specified in seconds. Range is 0 to 300. Default is 10.

Command Default

seconds : 10

Command Modes

MPLS-TE configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced

Usage Guidelines

A router at the headend for TE tunnels can receive a Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) No Route error message before the router receives a topology update from the IGP routing protocol announcing that the link is down. When this happens, the headend router ignores the link in subsequent tunnel path calculations to avoid generating paths that include the link and are likely to fail when signaled. The link is ignored until the router receives a topology update from its IGP or a link holddown timeout occurs. Use the topology holddown sigerr command to change the link holddown time from its 10-second default value.

Task ID


Task ID	Operations
mpls-te	read, write

Examples

The following example shows how to set the link holddown time for signaling errors at 15 seconds:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng 
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# topology holddown sigerr 15

tunnel-id (auto-tunnel backup)

To configure the range of tunnel interface numbers to be used for automatic backup tunnels, use the tunnel-id command in auto-tunnel backup configuration mode. To delete the automatic backup tunnels, use the no form of this command.

tunnel-id min number max number

no tunnel-id

Syntax Description


min	(Optional) Minimum number for automatic backup tunnels.
`number`	Valid values are from 0 to 65535.
max	(Optional) Maximum number for automatic backup tunnels.

Command Default

No default behavior or values

Command Modes

Auto-tunnel backup configuration

Command History


Release	Modification
Release 7.0.12	This command was introduced

Usage Guidelines

If you increase the tunnel ID range, the automatic backup tunnels that failed earlier will get created the next time automatic backup assignments are processed.

Restrictions:

Command is rejected if the max value minusmin value is >= 1K.
Command is rejected if min value > max value .
Command is rejected if min value is greater than the tunnel ID of an existing automatic backup tunnel.
Command is rejected if max value is smaller than the tunnel ID of an existing automatic backup tunnel.
Command is rejected if a statically configured tunnel ID matches with the configured min and max range of values .
Command is rejected if a static backup assignment is already configured to a tunnel with an ID within the min value /max value range.

Task ID


Task ID	Operation
mple-te	read, write

Examples

The following example allows 800 automatic backup tunnels to be created:


RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# mpls traffic-eng
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-mpls-te)# auto-tunnel backup
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-te-auto-bk)# tunnel-id min 1200 max 2000

Bias-Free Language

Results

Chapter: MPLS Traffic Engineering Commands

MPLS Traffic Engineering Commands

adjustment-threshold (MPLS-TE)

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Examples

admin-weight

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Task ID

Examples

affinity

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Task ID

Examples

affinity-map

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Task ID

Examples

application (MPLS-TE)

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Task ID

Examples

attribute-flags

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Task ID

Examples

attribute-names

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Task ID

Examples

attribute-set

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Task ID

Examples

auto-bw collect frequency (MPLS-TE)

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History

Usage Guidelines

Task ID

Examples

auto-bw (MPLS-TE)

Syntax Description

Command Default

Command Modes

Command History